Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / QAD Inc.

QAD Inc.

qada · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker qada
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · QAD Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
© 2017 QAD INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

2017 ANN UAL  REPORT

2
0
1
7

Q
A
D

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

 
 
 
F I S C A L   Y E A R S   E N D E D   J A N U A R Y   3 1 

C ORPORATE  I NF ORM AT I ON

Amounts in thousands, except per share data 

2 0 1 7 

2 0 1 6 

2 0 1 5

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S :

Total Revenue 

$277,973 

$277,852 

$295,101

Net (Loss) Income                                                                        (15,450) 

8,912 

12,946

Diluted Net (Loss) Income Per Share                                                       

Class A 

Class B 

Cash and Equivalents 

Total Debt 

Cash Flow From Operations 

(0.84) 

(0.70) 

145,082 

14,213 

18,680 

0.47 

0.40 

137,731 

14,613 

24,057 

26%
Services

8%
Licenses

29%
EMEA

35%
Automotive

REVENUE BY
CATEGORY

47%
Maintenance 
& Other

REVENUE BY
REGION

47%
North
America

REVENUE 
BY VERTICAL 
MARKET

0.79

0.68

120,526

15,009

23,963

33%
High Tech/
Industrial 
Products

19%
Subscriptions

17%
Asia Pacific

7%
Latin America

16%
Consumer Products/ 
Food & Beverage

16%
Life Sciences

ABOUT  QAD:  QAD  provides  innovative  enterprise  software  applications  for  leading  global  manufacturing  

companies.  QAD  applications  are  designed  to  simplify  the  management  and  enhance  the  efficiency  of  

manufacturing resources and operations both within and beyond the enterprise, enabling companies throughout 

the world to collaborate with their customers, suppliers and partners.

E X E C U T I V E   O F F I C E R S
Pamela M. Lopker
Chairman of the Board  
and President

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S
Pamela M. Lopker
Chairman of the Board  
and President

Karl F. Lopker
Chief Executive Officer

Karl F. Lopker
Chief Executive Officer

Daniel Lender
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer

Anton Chilton
Executive Vice President,
Chief, Global Field Operations

Scott J. Adelson
Senior Managing Director, 
Co-President 
Houlihan Lokey

Peter R. van Cuylenburg
Independent advisor to  
high-technology companies

Kara L. Bellamy
Senior Vice President,  
Corporate Controller,  
and Chief Accounting Officer

Lee D. Roberts
President and CEO,  
BlueWater Consulting, LLC

Leslie J. Stretch
President and CEO,
Callidus Software

N O R T H   A M E R I C A 
L O C AT I O N S
California 
Georgia 
Illinois 
Michigan 
New Jersey

A S I A   PA C I F I C 
L O C AT I O N S
Australia 
China 
India 
Japan 
Singapore 
Thailand

E U R O P E ,   M I D D L E 
E A S T   A N D   A F R I C A 
L O C AT I O N S
Belgium 
France  
Germany 
Ireland 
Italy 
Netherlands 
Poland 
Spain 
United Kingdom

L AT I N   A M E R I C A 
L O C AT I O N S
Brazil 
Mexico

I N D E P E N D E N T   R E G I S T E R E D   
P U B L I C   A C C O U N T I N G   F I R M
KPMG LLP 
Woodland Hills, California

L E G A L   C O U N S E L
Manatt, Phelps & Phillips LLP 
Los Angeles, California

I N V E S T O R   R E L AT I O N S
PondelWilkinson Inc. 
Los Angeles, California 
Tel: 310.279.5980

T R A N S F E R   A G E N T / R E G I S T R A R
American Stock Transfer & Trust 
Brooklyn, New York 
Tel: 718.921.8124

S T O C K   I N F O R M AT I O N
The company’s common stock trades 
on the NASDAQ Global Select Market 
under the symbols QADA and QADB. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   O N   F O R M   1 0 - K 
A copy of the company’s annual 
report to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on Form 10-K is available 
without charge upon request to 
the company’s Investor Relations 
department or from the company’s 
website at www.qad.com.

A N N U A L   M E E T I N G
The annual meeting of stockholders will  
be held on June 13, 2017 at 8:00 a.m.  
PDT at QAD Inc., 100 Innovation Place, 
Santa Barbara, California 93108. 
Tel: 805.566.6000. A formal Notice  
of Meeting, Proxy Statement and Proxy  
will be sent to stockholders.

QAD  CORPO RAT E H EADQ UART E RS

100 Innovation Place 
Santa Barbara, California 93108           
Tel: 805.566.6000  
www.qad.com

 
 
 
 
 
DEAR SHAREHOLDERS,

Fiscal 2017 marked another year of 

new roles, business services, browses 

significant progress in our transformation 

and reports.  We added a new Action 

to a cloud company.  We were pleased 

Center that combines embedded analytics 

that our subscription revenue continued 

with social collaboration, designed to 

to grow over 30% from the prior year, 

help our customers’ executives and 

and now accounts for 20% of our total 

managers better run their businesses.  

revenues – an important milestone in our 

We increased our global coverage in 

transition to a cloud vendor.  And, while 

the product, providing updates for legal 

our revenues remained flat due to the 

requirements in 11 countries, and now 

shift from license business to the cloud, 

QAD Internationalization supports over 

we were able to maintain strength in our 

70 countries in its core functionality.  Our 

maintenance business.

Quality Management System was enhanced 

During the year we signed several 

important new customers to our cloud 

offering, converted customers from on-

premise implementations to the cloud, 

and continued to expand our footprint in 

our existing base of customers deployed in 

with 10 new fully functional, pre-configured 

process templates, enabling more rapid 

implementations.  Significant improvements 

were also made to our Transportation 

Management and Demand and Supply 

Chain Management offerings.

the QAD Cloud.  We ended the year with 

Our cloud operations group continued 

over 20,000 users in the cloud, across 37 

to perform in stellar fashion.  We, once 

countries, in all of our vertical markets, 

again, delivered industry-leading service 

and across our entire product line.  We 

levels significantly above our customer 

continued to provide best-in-class up-time 

commitments and exceeded 99.9% 

and satisfaction to our cloud customers, 

uptime.  We achieved several industry 

while making significant advances to our 

certifications underscoring our capabilities 

technology, setting the foundation for 

to deliver our solutions securely in the 

continued success.

cloud and on a global basis as well as 

We continued to invest in our product. 

Our research and development 

organization delivered many important 

product capabilities throughout our entire 

offering.  We expanded our HTML5-

based Channel Islands release adding 

meeting strict regulatory standards for our 

vertical markets.  We continued to make 

efficiency improvements using automation 

tools and processes, improving gross 

margin for the fiscal year by over 1% over 

the prior year.

We entered the year with a low professional 

During the year we generated over $18 

services backlog, so our first six months 

million in cash flow from operations and 

were focused on increasing the demand 

paid over $5 million in dividends to our 

for our services and training consultants 

shareholders.  We finished the year with 

who were not fully utilized.  Because 

a very strong balance sheet and over 

of these efforts and our success in the 

$145 million in cash and equivalents.  

cloud, our professional services backlog 

Our continued ability to generate cash 

significantly improved in the second half 

and the strength of our balance sheet 

of the year.  This increased level of activity 

not only enable us to confidently pursue 

provided us with higher utilization and 

our strategic goals, but also provide our 

improved margins. As we look ahead, 

customers with the confidence to continue 

our professional services organization will 

to partner with us for the long-term.

focus on delivering new implementations 

to our customers and upgrading existing 

environments to the cloud.  During the year 

we enhanced the capabilities of the group, 

expanded our global resource centers in 

India and Poland and added additional 

services partners to our global network.  

We will also launch our Project Network 

to assist customers in finding qualified 

resources for their projects.

We are truly excited for what we see 

ahead.  The global manufacturing 

economy is in the middle of significant 

digital transformation.  The current trend 

of automation and data exchange, and 

the creation of smart factories and smart 

supply chains are driving our technology 

roadmap and will continue to require 

increased integration of technologies in the 

manufacturing economy.  Cloud computing 

Our Automation Solutions offering will see 

in the manufacturing sector is becoming a 

increased demand as the Internet of Things 

necessity, and the exploding amount of data 

continues to drive important investments 

being captured will strengthen the value 

for our customers.  This past year, our 

of predictive analytics and interactions 

Automation Solutions group continued to 

between machines and humans.

grow at an impressive pace.  We now have 

11 customers live and 30 additional projects 

in process. Given the increased activity, we 

have expanded our delivery capabilities in 

this area, establishing excellence centers for 

Interoperability in Mexico City and Bangkok.

As we are entering our new fiscal 

We thank our customers for their continued 

year, the overall strength of the global 

trust in us as partners in their business, 

manufacturing economy should provide a 

and our employees and partners for 

good environment for our customers and 

enabling us to achieve our goals.

Sincerely,

prospects.  We will continue to partner with 

our customers in helping embrace these 

new technologies, taking full advantage of 

QAD applications in their quest to become 

effective enterprises. We believe that by 

staying true to our mission and remaining 

close with our customers, we will continue 

to drive value to our shareholders.

Pam and Karl Lopker

2017  QAD FORM 10 -K

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

  ☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017 
OR 

  ☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number: 0-22823 
QAD Inc. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

77-0105228 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

100 Innovation Place 
Santa Barbara, California 93108 
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code) 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (805) 566-6000 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

Title of Each Security 
Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value 
Class B Common Stock, $.001 par value 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
(NASDAQ Global Select Market) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☐ YES ☒ NO 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  

☐ YES ☒ NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☒ YES ☐ NO 

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). ☒ YES ☐ NO 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of 
this Form 10-K or an amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition 

of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

☐ Large accelerated filer 

☒ Accelerated filer 

☐ Non-accelerated filer 

☐ Smaller reporting company 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☐ YES ☒ NO 
As of July 31, 2016, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 15,763,584 
shares of the Registrant’s Class A common stock outstanding and 3,205,831 shares of the Registrant’s Class B common stock outstanding, 
and the aggregate market value of such shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant (based on the closing sale price of such shares on the 
NASDAQ  Global  Market  on  July  31,  2016)  was  approximately  $182  million.  Shares  of  the  Registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  each 
executive officer and director and by each entity that owns 5% or more of the Registrant’s outstanding common stock have been excluded 
in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for 
other purposes. 

As of March 31, 2017, there were 15,808,803 shares of the Registrant’s Class A common stock outstanding and 3,210,285 shares of 

the Registrant’s Class B common stock outstanding. 

Items 10 through 14 of Part III incorporate information by reference from the Definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s Annual 

Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 13, 2017. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
  
QAD INC. 
FISCAL YEAR 2017 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS ......................................................................................................................................................    
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS ..........................................................................................................................................    
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS .......................................................................................................    
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES..................................................................................................................................................    
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ................................................................................................................................    
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ...................................................................................................................    

PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ..................................................................................................   
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ...................................................................................................................    
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS ......................................................................................................................................................    
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK .............................    
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ................................................................    
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ......................................................................................................................................    
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................    
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................    

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE .......................................    
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION .................................................................................................................    
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

PART III 

Page 

1  
14  
26  
26  
26  
27  

27  
29  

30  
54  
55  

55  
56  
58  

58  
59  

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS .................................................................................................................    

59  

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE .......................................................................................................................................................    
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ..............................................................................    

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .............................................................................    
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY .............................................................................................................................    
SIGNATURES ...............................................................................................................................................................    

PART IV 

59  
59  

60  
60  
90  

 
  
  
  
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the 
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact should 
be construed as forward-looking statements, including statements that are preceded or accompanied by such words as “may,” 
“believe,” “could,” “anticipate,” “projects,” “estimates,” “will likely result,” “should,” “would,” “might,” “plan,” “expect,” 
“intend” and words of similar meaning or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking 
statements are based on the Company’s current expectations and assumptions regarding its business, the economy and future 
conditions. A number of risks and uncertainties could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied 
in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed 
in Item 1A entitled “Risk Factors” which are incorporated herein by reference, and as may be updated in filings we make 
from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these 
forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s opinions, expectations and projections only as of the date of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about our business. We undertake no 
obligation to revise or update or publicly release the results of any revision or update to these forward-looking statements 
except  as  required  by  applicable  securities  laws.  Readers  should  carefully  review  the  risk  factors  and  other  information 
described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, including the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q to be filed by QAD in fiscal year 2018. 

PART I 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

OVERVIEW 

QAD is a leader in cloud-based enterprise software solutions for global manufacturing companies across the automotive, 
life  sciences,  consumer  products,  food  and  beverage,  high  technology  and  industrial  products  industries.  We  offer  full-
featured, secure and flexible enterprise and supply chain solutions built for global manufacturing companies which can be 
delivered in the cloud, on premise or via a blended combination of cloud and on premise, where certain sites are on premise 
and  others  are  in  the  cloud. Our  mission  is  to provide best-in-class software  that  enables  our  customers  to  operate as  an 
effective enterprise where their business processes are running at peak efficiency and are perfectly aligned to their strategic 
goals. Our solutions, called QAD Enterprise Applications, enable measurement and control of key business processes and 
support  operational  requirements,  including  financials,  manufacturing,  demand  and  supply  chain  planning,  customer 
management, business intelligence and business process management.  

Over 2,000 manufacturing companies have deployed QAD solutions to run their businesses across approximately 4,000 
sites globally. Today, our solutions are used by over 300,000 active users, of which our cloud and subscription users have 
grown to 22,000 from 15,000 in the prior year. We were founded in 1979 and our principal executive offices are located in 
Santa Barbara, California. Our principal website address is www.qad.com. Our office address is 100 Innovation Place, Santa 
Barbara, CA 93108. We employ more than 1,700 employees throughout our direct operations in 23 countries across the North 
America, Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), Asia Pacific and Latin America regions. 

OUR TARGET VERTICAL MARKETS 

We focus our efforts on delivering mission-critical software solutions to enterprise customers in six core vertical markets 
within  global  manufacturing  –  automotive,  life  sciences,  consumer  products,  food  and  beverage,  high  technology  and 
industrial products. Within these vertical markets we focus on 24 segments where our customers can receive the greatest 
benefit from our solutions. For each segment we offer solutions designed to overcome the business challenges within that 
segment, based on our in-depth knowledge of the segment and best practices. 

Automotive:  QAD  focuses  on  the  automotive  tier  supplier  segment  of  companies  who  must  meet  critical  industry 
standards such as the Materials Management Operations Guideline/Logistics Evaluation (MMOG/LE) and IATF 16949:2016 
(previously ISO/TS 16949). QAD’s automotive-specific processes and built-in industry best practices help automotive tier 
suppliers  reduce  costs,  mitigate  supply  chain  risk  and  improve  supply  chain  planning  and  visibility.  Our  customer  base 
includes  companies  serving  the  global  automotive  marketplace,  especially  the  tier-1  suppliers  in  the  supply  chains  of 
worldwide  automotive  original  equipment  manufacturers.  We  deliver  unique  capabilities  to  support  the  collaboration 
requirements of the automotive tier suppliers, including the strict quality requirements of Advanced Product Quality Process 
(“APQP”) and Production Part Approval Process (“PPAP”). Many of our customers use QAD Cloud EDI because it provides 

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
a scalable solution which standardizes Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”) across their global enterprise. QAD Supplier 
Portal, which allows for electronic communication with other suppliers, is another product commonly used by our automotive 
customers.  QAD  also  helps  customers  manage  supply  chain  risk  in  accordance  with  MMOG/LE  and  the  emerging 
requirements of IATF 16949:2016. QAD solutions are in use at many of the market-leading automotive parts companies 
throughout the world that manufacture a broad range of components used in interiors, electrical components, safety systems, 
bodies and drivetrains. 

Life Sciences: Life sciences manufacturers are dedicated to innovation, product quality and patient safety; however, the 
regulatory environment, cost pressures and supply chain complexities are challenges. Emerging markets, quality initiatives, 
and mergers and acquisitions activity also add to the complexity of life sciences manufacturing and distribution. QAD focuses 
on the following five segments in the life sciences industry: contract manufacturing and packaging; surgical medical devices; 
orthopedic medical devices; diagnostic medical devices; and pharmaceutical/biotechnology companies. QAD solutions help 
global life sciences companies manufacture products in accordance with current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”) 
and other standards required by regulators around the world. In addition to cGMP, QAD solutions support many business 
and regulatory processes specific to the life sciences industry, such as automated quality management, supply chain planning 
and serialization in support of requirements for Unique Device Identification and the Drug Quality and Security Act. Our 
customers’ products include such items as defibrillators, ventricular assist systems, artificial joints, prescription medications, 
surgical instruments and packaging for the life sciences industry. QAD’s enterprise applications for life sciences provides 
our customers with a qualified IT infrastructure as a key building block to help them ensure that they have a solid foundation 
upon which to base their software validation requirements. 

Consumer  Products:  It  is  vital  for  consumer  products  manufacturers  to  stay  ahead  of  constant  changes  as  product 
development  and  replenishment  life-cycles  can  shrink;  supply  chains  may  feel  the  impact  of  buying  pattern  shifts;  and 
manufacturers can face tightening margins. In order to gain share and increase profit, consumer products companies must 
anticipate  and  meet  customer  demand  while  managing  their  margins  and  complying  with  ever-evolving  safety  and 
environmental regulations. QAD focuses on the following four segments in the consumer products industry: household and 
personal packaged products; consumer electronics; assembled and discrete products; and jewelry. The manufacturing process 
for those items varies and depends on the nature of the item; however, the fulfillment and distribution requirements have 
significant commonality. Major retailers manage agile supply chains and are typically very demanding of their suppliers, as 
they strive to service growing demand from consumers for speed of delivery and variety of products. QAD solutions address 
the  complex  replenishment  requirements  of  companies  supplying  the  retail  supply  chain,  including  promotional  pricing, 
demand planning, quality compliance and product configuration.  

Food and Beverage: Food and beverage manufacturing is complex with constant adjustments to product, packaging and 
pricing, and a lack of uniformity in the supply chain, which challenges food and beverage manufacturers to excel at inventory 
and supply chain management. At the same time, they must comply with evolving safety and environmental regulations. 
QAD focuses on the following five segments in the food and beverage industry: shelf stable bottling, canning and packaging; 
distilleries, wineries and brewing; frozen foods; creameries and fresh foods; and candy and confections. Our solutions support 
regulatory and quality initiatives, such as the U.S. Food Safety Modernization Act and hazard analysis and critical control 
point analysis, which address the management of biological, chemical and physical hazards. Our solutions support the product 
cycle  of  the  food  and  beverage  industry  from  raw  material  production,  procurement  and  handling  to  manufacturing, 
distribution and consumption of the finished product. QAD’s software is standards-focused to help companies ensure food 
safety and meet the regulatory requirements in the global markets where our customers operate. QAD provides solutions for 
food  and  beverage  companies  that  manufacture  a  broad  range  of  products  and  manage  many  of  the  world’s  well-known 
brands.  

High Technology: The success of manufacturers in the high tech industry relies on innovation and the ability to manage 
change.  There  is  constant  pressure  on  margins,  fluidity  to  global  supply  chains,  challenges with  cross  border  shipments, 
strains  on  material  availability  and  imperatives  around  controlling  cost.  All  of  these  challenges  need  to  be  met  while 
complying  with  standards  and  industry  regulations.  QAD  solutions  are  used  by  many  high-technology  companies  that 
manufacture a diverse range of products. QAD focuses on the following three segments in the high technology industry: 
standalone devices and test equipment; batteries, power supplies and lighting; and cable, wiring and connectors. High-tech 
companies often face the challenges of very complex product structures with a need for traceability of parts and processes 
throughout their entire supply chain, as well as tight control of engineering changes. Many high-tech companies providing 
complex systems also face the challenge of managing installation and support of equipment after sale, in addition to managing 
field engineering resources. A high-tech manufacturer can use QAD’s solutions to configure product based on customers’ 
input;  manufacture  and  assemble  product  according  to  a  customized  specification;  and  schedule,  install  and  support 
equipment throughout its lifecycle. 

2 

   
  
  
  
   
Industrial Products: Today’s global customers are demanding more configure-to-order, make-to-order, and assemble-
to-order products. The modern, agile industrial manufacturer must be responsive and able to deliver with the highest quality 
and  timeliness.  Our  customers  manufacture  products  as  diverse  as  machine  tools;  specialist  ceramic  materials  used  in 
aerospace and defense; and equipment used in the oil and gas industries. Fluctuating demand leads to significant challenges 
in  managing  the  internal  supply  chain,  coordinating  the  extended  vendor  ecosystem,  controlling  costs,  ensuring  quality, 
tracking production, and optimizing inventory levels. Companies in this broad vertical market have requirements to maintain 
many manufacturing methodologies, often within the same enterprise. QAD focuses on the following six segments in the 
industrial  products  industry:  flexible  packaging;  engineered  materials;  contract  manufacturing;  standalone  equipment; 
remanufacturing;  and  roll  stock and  wire  cable.  Our  solutions support  multiple  manufacturing  methodologies  in parallel, 
including lean manufacturing. The need for traceability of materials from source through to the finished product is often 
important to our customers, and QAD’s capabilities in traceability and serialization support this feature. QAD’s solutions are 
also used to support our customers’ environmental compliance needs. 

Our focus on these six vertical markets gives us a competitive advantage by providing a solution developed specifically 
for our target customers, without the complexity and distraction of functionality they don’t want and don’t need. While some 
enterprise  applications  vendors  provide  broader  solutions  built  for  many  industries,  our  narrow  vertical  focus  allows  our 
customers  to  implement  with  fewer  configurations  and  customizations  than  our  competitors  require,  which  we  believe 
typically  results  in  less  complex,  and  therefore  lower  cost  and  faster  implementations.  We  leverage  our  vertical  market 
expertise  in  research  and  development  to  meet  specific  industry  needs:  in  sales,  to  understand  our  customer’s  unique 
requirements; in presales, to demonstrate how these requirements are handled in the software; and in services, to apply best 
practices in optimization of business processes and implementation of the software. Our options to sell our product in the 
cloud or as on-premise licenses enable customers operating in multiple countries to choose a deployment option that best 
meets their unique needs. 

QAD SOLUTIONS 

QAD products and services support the business processes of global manufacturing companies in our target industries. 
We continually monitor emerging business requirements and practices as well as regulatory changes and incorporate them 
into our product and solutions strategies. Our development focus emphasizes user experience. We strive to deliver solutions 
that offer comprehensive capabilities while being easy to learn and use. Our goal is to make all capabilities that a particular 
user needs available with only a few clicks, giving our end users significant gains in efficiency as well as making the user 
experience more enjoyable. 

Our Channel Islands program to develop a new user experience with enhanced usability for QAD Enterprise Applications 
is a new user interface (“UI”) written in HTML5 and accessible to the user with any standard browser. The new UI provides 
seamless access across desktops and mobile devices and has the ability to co-exist with our existing .NET UI. As part of the 
initiative to update the user experience, we restructured the underlying architecture of our solutions so the business logic and 
the  user  interface  are  separate  layers.  All  business  logic  is  now  addressable  through  standard,  documented  application 
program interfaces (“APIs”), which provide the ability to integrate with third-party applications or to easily change the UI.  

One important advantage of the Channel Islands program has been a focus on modularity, providing the ability to upgrade 
the solution by suite, rather than upgrading the entire solution at one time. This makes upgrades smaller, faster and easier; 
helping customers stay on the most current version of our software which reduces the gap between their business needs and 
what our enterprise applications provide. The modularity allows us to improve the efficiency of our cloud operations using a 
simplified  upgrade  process.  The  Channel  Islands  program  also  supports  the  Internet  of  Things  (“IoT”)  where  machines 
communicate  with  machines.  An  example  of  the  power  of  the  IoT  is  when  our  customers’  manufacturing  equipment 
automatically updates our solution when products are completed, increasing accuracy and efficiency for the customer. 

Smart phones and tablets continue to play an ever-increasing role in our day-to-day life, and our customers are embracing 
mobile computing to support more facets of their businesses. QAD delivers components of our solution for a variety of mobile 
platforms. Currently our mobile specific suite includes a requisition approval solution, a mobile business intelligence solution, 
mobile  browse  capability  and  mobile  application  monitoring  tools  to  support  system  administrators.  Our  mobile  browse 
capability allows users to view, filter and sort all data accessible through QAD browses within QAD Enterprise Applications 
using mobile devices.  

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
In support of our focus on business process efficiency, we have integrated the ability to generate business process maps 
for common business processes into our software using the QAD Process Editor tool. This tool simplifies implementations, 
maps common business processes and facilitates navigation throughout the entire product suite. Within our suite, we have 
also  embedded  business  process  management  (“QAD  BPM”).  QAD  BPM  allows  customers  to  visualize  their  business 
processes; monitor transactional throughput by user, role or stage; and modify those processes to make them more efficient. 
Using  QAD  BPM,  companies  can  create  business  process  models,  assign  task  responsibilities,  monitor  and  re-direct 
workflow, all of which reduce process execution time, improve visibility of active processes, identify bottlenecks and support 
process improvement. 

QAD developed its solutions to allow simple integration with other systems our customers use within their organizations. 
For example, we enable seamless integration between QAD Enterprise Applications and common browser applications and 
spreadsheets. QAD solutions also integrate easily with other web applications and web services. Using our Q-Xtend toolset, 
customers can connect to different software, even when remote, and they can use industry-standard middleware products 
such as the IBM MQ™ series or the standard connectors built on the Dell Boomi AtomSphere integration platform. Robust 
APIs along with QAD Automation Solutions provide additional capability for integration. 

QAD Enterprise Applications 

QAD Enterprise Applications is an integrated suite of software applications, which supports the core business processes 
of global manufacturing companies, and provides specific functionality to support the requirements of our targeted industries 
and the geographies in which our customers conduct business. QAD Enterprise Applications allows customers to monitor, 
control and support their operations, whether operating a single plant or multiple sites, wherever they are located around the 
world. 

QAD Enterprise Applications has strong capabilities for addressing global complexities in customers’ business models, 
such as compliance with local accounting practices and legislation, as well as internal reporting on global performance. QAD 
Enterprise Applications includes full support for multiple currencies, multiple languages and complex corporate structures 
such as multiple companies or divisions. 

QAD  Enterprise  Applications  is  available  on premise,  in  the  cloud  and  in  a  blended model  combining both of  these 
deployment alternatives by having certain sites on-premise and others in the cloud. Blended deployment enables users to 
transact easily across business entities with a consistent interface and consistent functionality since our cloud and on-premise 
technology is compatible. Companies that have chosen the cloud as a strategic direction but who cannot, or do not want to, 
move all locations at one time, find a blended deployment model allows them to transition to the cloud with less risk. The 
finance function can view individual business unit results and run consolidations that cross both cloud and on premise sites 
seamlessly,  while  other  users  can  transact  and  view  inventory  in  multiple  locations  irrespective  of  whether  any  specific 
business entity is operating in the cloud or on premise. 

QAD Enterprise Applications is comprised of the following software solutions: 

QAD Financials 

QAD Financials provides comprehensive capabilities to manage and control finance and accounting processes at a local, 
regional and global level. The suite supports multi-company, multi-currency, multi-language and multi-tax jurisdictions, as 
well  as  consolidated  reporting  and  budgeting  controls.  These  capabilities  give  cross-functional  stakeholders  access  to 
financial  results,  enabling  faster,  more  informed  decision  making  while  providing  robust  internal  controls.  Enterprise 
Financials  includes  IFRS  and  multi-GAAP  support,  as  well  as  extensive  local  tax  capture,  reporting  capabilities  and 
segregation of duties enforcement. 

QAD Customer Management 

QAD  Customer  Management  enables  global  manufacturing  companies  to  acquire  new  customers  efficiently,  grow 
revenue through multiple channels and retain customers through superior service and support. QAD Customer Management 
helps our customers measure the efficacy of marketing campaigns, manage the sales opportunity lifecycle and optimize order 
and fulfillment processes. QAD Configurator has the ability to create unique products specified to customer requirements, 
enabling simple and cost effective controls for mass customization of products. The suite includes the ability to centralize 
sales  order  entry,  including orders for  configured  items,  and  to  ship  the items  from  any  facility  or  business  entity.  QAD 
Customer Self Service provides a web storefront for our customers to transact sales, which is fully and securely integrated 
with the rest of QAD Enterprise Applications. 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
QAD Manufacturing 

QAD Manufacturing delivers comprehensive capabilities to support manufacturing business processes, from planning 
through execution, and provides visibility and control of materials and labor. The suite has capabilities in the areas of planning 
and scheduling, cost management, material control, shop floor control, quality management and reporting in various mixed-
mode manufacturing environments. The manufacturing models supported include Discrete, Repetitive, Kanban (particularly 
relevant in lean manufacturing practices), Flow, Batch/Formula, Process, Co-products/By-products and Configured Products. 
The system also includes flexible item attributes that customers can use to track lot characteristics or test results. The Lot 
Trace  Workbench  provides  insight  into  any  products  component  genealogy  and  greatly  simplifies  product  recalls.  QAD 
Manufacturing  supports  companies  deployment  of  business  processes  consistent  with  their  industry’s  best  practices.  The 
integration between scheduling, planning, execution, quality and materials allows tight control and simple management of 
processes. 

QAD Automation Solutions 

QAD  Automation  Solutions  improves  manufacturers’  material  transaction  processing  accuracy  and  efficiency  by 

aligning QAD Enterprise Applications with material and production processes.  

There are two primary components to QAD Automation Solutions: 

●  Data Collection captures material and production data through simplified transactions using a mobile device such as

a radio frequency (RF) scanner, tablet or a stationary shop floor personal computer or terminal. 

●  Label  Printing  Services  routs  and  prints  labels  associated  with  material  and  production  transactions  based  on

manufacturer, supplier, customer and industry specified formats and rules. 

These capabilities help manufacturers better align their material logistics processes in a timely fashion while ensuring 

inventory accuracy through process compliance. 

QAD Demand and Supply Chain Planning 

QAD Demand and Supply Chain Planning (“QAD DSCP”) is a comprehensive group of applications built on a single 
unified model to fulfill the materials planning and logistics requirements of global companies. QAD DSCP is supported and 
developed by our DynaSys operating division. This solution set delivers functionality and capabilities that help enterprises 
optimize their supply chains to enhance customer satisfaction through timely deliveries. Enterprises can align supply and 
demand to support the delivery of the right product, to the right place, at the right time and at the most efficient cost. The 
suite utilizes the DynaSys Single Click Collaborative platform, with the entire planning model running in a memory-resident 
database supporting real-time planning. The suite supports planning for demand, production, procurement, distribution and 
global sales and operations. Customers have used this solution with data sets that exceed a million SKUs. QAD Demand and 
Supply Chain Planning addresses both simple and complex networks and customers have the ability to add more advanced 
functionality as the enterprise grows. Collaborative portals are available for both demand and supply sides to help ensure 
rapid communication of demand or supply fluctuations and to enable collaborative planning. 

QAD Supply Chain Execution 

QAD's Supply Chain Execution suite includes tools to support inventory and warehouse management in either simple or 
complex warehousing environments. For example, the QAD Warehousing tool supports complex warehouse-management 
techniques such  as bulk, batch  and wave picking,  as  well as  multiple  put  away  methods  including  calculations based on 
required space. It manages reusable packaging and containers to help eliminate waste and reduce costs. Additionally, QAD 
Enterprise Applications manages consignment inventory for both consignors and consignees, and supports strategic sourcing 
and  purchasing.  The  system  manages  distribution  requirements  planning  to  optimize  and  balance  inventories  at  multiple 
distribution centers which enables quick and cost effective demand fulfillment. QAD offers QAD Supplier Portal and QAD 
EDI for facilitation of communication and collaboration with members of a supply chain. These two solutions are offered on 
a subscription basis only. 

QAD Transportation Management 

QAD markets transportation solutions directly to our existing customers as part of QAD Enterprise Applications, and to 
the general market through our Precision division. QAD Transportation Management facilitates correct documentation and 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
control for moving shipments across borders. Transportation Management allows companies to manage and optimize outside 
carriers for shipments including parcel, less than truckload, full truckload and container shipments whether using land, sea 
or air carriers. Compliance and risk management enables companies to comply with regulations concerning denied parties 
and controls of dangerous substances. 

QAD Service and Support 

QAD Service and Support enables exceptional after-sale customer service and support for companies who commission 
and  support  complex  systems.  The  integration  from  customer  demand  through  manufacturing  to  installation  and  support 
provides  companies  with  great  efficiencies  when  managing  their  business  processes.  QAD  Service  and  Support  handles 
service calls, manages service queues and organizes mobile field resources. It also provides extensive project management 
support, helping organizations track materials and labor against warranty and service work; compares actual costs to budget, 
and generates appropriate invoicing. 

QAD Enterprise Asset Management 

QAD  Enterprise  Asset  Management  (“EAM”)  helps  companies  manage  maintenance  and  installation  of  capital 
equipment. The solution supports both planned and unplanned equipment maintenance based on elapsed time or completed 
quantities. It includes the ability to track calibrations, labor and required parts used for maintenance. In addition, it has project 
accounting capabilities to plan, track and control detailed project budget and spending data for capital expense projects such 
as refits or building and commissioning new plants. EAM includes functionality to manage rotable (renewable) inventory. 
EAM helps manufacturers achieve a balance between having the right equipment available and minimizing their equipment 
investment. It ensures critical spare parts are on hand as needed and monitors company expense and approval policies with 
regard to capital plant and equipment. 

Action Centers with Embedded Analytics 

Action Centers are designed to provide the data and information users need in order to do their jobs efficiently in an easy 
to grasp visual format. Users can drill down into more detail or take quick action based on the insight the solution provides. 
Action Centers provide built-in analytics and operational metrics as well as more than 400 browses and nearly 450 reports. 
All information can be accessed from a tablet to support users who are not at their desk or in the office.  

QAD Analytics 

QAD Enterprise Applications provides decision makers and company stakeholders with key data to measure performance 
against company and strategic goals. QAD Analytics helps customers perform complex analyses, make informed decisions 
and improve performance management by highlighting areas that need improvement and enabling drill down to source data. 
The QAD Analytics suite consists of multiple analysis and data extraction tools all working in harmony to provide user-
defined analysis such as consolidated reporting or reporting by geography, product line or cost center. 

The  solution  consists  of  QAD  Reporting  Framework,  which  provides  powerful,  yet  simple,  reporting  and  real-time 
visibility  with  ad  hoc  inquiries;  Operational  Metrics,  which  enables  companies  to  define  and  monitor  key  performance 
indicators  and  QAD  Business  Intelligence,  which  allows  for  dynamic  analysis  and  trend  reporting  across  multiple  data 
sources. Customers can also access QAD Business Intelligence using mobile devices, which allows users to view, filter and 
sort all data accessible to QAD Browses using mobile devices. 

QAD Enterprise Quality Management 

QAD provides enterprise quality management and regulatory compliance solutions to global companies in many market 
segments,  including  QAD’s  target  markets.  The  suite  supports  customers’  compliance  with  industry  specific  quality 
standards. In the automotive vertical, QAD’s solution delivers automation of Advanced Product Quality Planning (“APQP”) 
methodologies,  including  Production  Part  Approval  Process  (“PPAP”),  process  flow  and  approvals.  In  the  life  sciences 
vertical, customers benefit from critical functionality supporting corrective and preventative action and non conformance 
reporting.  The  suite  also  features  manufacturing  quality  solutions  for  audit,  risk  management,  document  control,  gage 
calibration, inspection and statistical process control. Our CEBOS division supports and develops QAD’s Enterprise Quality 
Management suite. 

6 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
QAD Interoperability 

QAD  Enterprise  Applications  uses  a  services-oriented  architecture,  allowing  customers  to  easily  integrate  QAD 
Enterprise Applications with other non-QAD core business applications. Through our QAD Q-Xtend toolset, we promote 
open interoperability with comprehensive application program interfaces (“APIs”) and published events. These offer QAD 
customers a choice of solutions in their operating environments. In addition, we resell the Dell Boomi integration platform 
as  QAD  Boomi  AtomSphere.  This  provides  a  comprehensive  platform  for  managing  integrations  to  many  cloud  and  on 
premise products, making whole enterprise integration easier for QAD customers. 

QAD Internationalization 

QAD  supports  companies  that  manufacture  and  distribute  their  products  around  the  world.  When  a  global  company 
expands  its  operations,  it  often  needs  to  accommodate  local  languages,  local  accounting  standards  and  local  business 
practices. Operating in different countries also requires access to specific local software, such as that used to interface to 
banks in their country of operation. QAD supports the requirements of 60 different countries with its internationalization 
capabilities. 

Customer Support and Product Updates Provided via Our Cloud and Maintenance Offerings 

Customer  support  services  and  product  enhancements  are  provided  to  our  cloud  customers  as  part  of  their  monthly 
subscription fee and to on-premise customers via our maintenance offering. Customer support services include internet and 
telephone access to technical support personnel located in our global support centers. Through our support service, we provide 
the  resources,  tools  and  expertise  needed  to  maximize  the  use  of  QAD  Enterprise  Applications.  Customers  active  on 
maintenance or the cloud are also entitled to receive product upgrades and enhancements on a when-and-if available basis.  

As part of our maintenance and cloud offerings, our online support site also provides access to an extensive knowledge 
database, online training materials, a virtual training environment, remote diagnostics and our software download center. Our 
support professionals in our global support centers focus on quickly resolving customers’ issues, maintaining optimal system 
performance and providing uninterrupted service for complete customer satisfaction. In addition, we provide other products, 
including operational metrics, workbenches and monitoring tools. Customers have access to these products at no additional 
fee, provided they have a current maintenance or cloud agreement in place with QAD. 

Our cloud customers are able to enjoy Internet access to their solutions in a scalable, reliable and secure environment 
anywhere in the world. This environment is managed by our Cloud Operations group with infrastructure operated by us, but 
located within third-party data center facilities or from cloud computing platform providers. The cloud operations group is 
dedicated to supporting our cloud solutions. Located primarily in the U.S. and India, they manage the day-to-day operations 
of our cloud computing solutions, act as the control point for activities related to elements of the cloud and maintain our 
cloud environment, including customizations, conversions and upgrades to QAD Enterprise Applications.  

Generally,  our  on-premise  customers  purchase  maintenance  when  they  acquire  new  licenses  and  our  maintenance 
retention rate is more than 90%. Our maintenance and other revenue represented 47%, 48% and 48% of our total revenues in 
fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Our maintenance revenue is negatively impacted by customers on maintenance 
converting to our cloud solutions. When maintenance customers convert to the cloud, they no longer contract for maintenance 
as those support services and unspecified updates are included as a component of the subscription offering. Our cloud revenue 
represented approximately 17%, 11% and 8% of our total revenues in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and our cloud 
customer retention rate is also in excess of 90%. We track our retention rate of cloud and maintenance by calculating the 
annualized revenue of customer sites with contracts up for renewal during the period compared to the annualized revenue 
associated  with  the  customer  sites  that  have  canceled  during  the  period.  The  percentage  of  revenue  not  canceled  is  our 
retention  rate.  Conversions  to  the  cloud  are  not  considered  cancellations  for  purposes  of  the  maintenance  retention 
rate calculation. 

QAD Global Services 

QAD offers professional services including consulting, deployment, training and integration to facilitate adoption of our 

Enterprise Applications solution and enable customer success.  

QAD Global Services engages with our customers across the entire enterprise application life cycle through planning, 
design,  implementation  and  management.  Whether  in  the  cloud  or  on-premise,  our  Global  Services  group  assists  our 

7 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
customers with initial deployments, upgrades to more current product versions, migration of on-premise deployments to the 
cloud, conversion and transfer of historical data, ongoing system and process optimization, and user training and education. 

QAD’s Global Services group includes 450 consultants located throughout the world, augmented by a global network of 
certified partners. Our consulting ecosystem spans over 70 countries. QAD consultants and partners are trained on our best 
practice implementation methodologies and have obtained certifications of proficiency in many areas. We offer a complete 
portfolio of services, delivered to consistent standards across the globe. Working in tandem with our partners, we support 
national, multi national and global projects on behalf of QAD customers. 

In support of QAD’s vision of all customers becoming Effective Enterprises, QAD has developed a framework of Key 
Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) used by QAD Global Services to measure pre- and post- implementation performance of 
business processes and to aid in the diagnosis of opportunities for continuous improvement. The QAD KPI framework is 
made available to all customers and is monitored using the QAD analytics suite. 

QAD’s principal methodology for deployment of solutions is called QAD Easy On Boarding (“EOB”). EOB has been 
designed  to  make  deployment  of  QAD  solutions  on-premise  or  in  the  cloud  standardized  and  efficient.  EOB  features 
predefined industry process models built into the products themselves as well as implementation guides and scripts, all based 
on our experience with best practice standards. With EOB, implementation can be faster than more traditional approaches. 

QAD Global Services focuses on assisting customers in the following activities: 

Implementations and Migrations – QAD Global Services supports customers with the initial implementation of QAD 
Enterprise Applications. QAD Global Services has particular expertise in global implementations, harnessing the entire QAD 
Global Services ecosystem to provide local or in country support wherever customers need. QAD Global Services deploys 
our  applications  both  on-premise  and  in  the  cloud.  In  addition,  QAD  Global  Services  has  the  experience  to  assist  new 
customers with migration from other enterprise application systems. This service includes data conversions as well as process 
design change management. 

Upgrades – QAD Global Services assists customers in the process of upgrading their QAD Enterprise Applications to 

the latest version, accelerating time to benefit, increasing new functionality and applying usability best practices. 

Conversions –  QAD Global  Services  employs  standardized  process  for  converting from  on-premise  solutions  to  the 

cloud. 

Integration – QAD Global Services has the expertise and experience to quickly integrate QAD solutions with other 

systems. 

Systems Management – QAD Global Services delivers a range of services to support technical management of systems 

and performance monitoring for those customers who choose on-premise deployment. 

Training and Education – QAD Global Services offers a full range of services leveraging QAD’s learning management 
system. Users can access multimedia training on all QAD offerings and take advantage of pre-defined learning plans for all 
of the roles that QAD users typically perform. Global Services also provides customized courses that are taught on-site to 
meet specific customer needs and are available to end users, IT professionals, department managers, partners and consultants. 

Application  Management  –  QAD  Global  Services  is  available  to  manage  customer  systems  and,  through  our 

Application Management Services, supports customers’ system management, administration and performance needs. 

Business Process Improvement – QAD has developed a range of predefined diagnostic offerings called Q-Scans. QAD 
Global Services utilizes Q-Scans to engage in highly efficient diagnosis of key business processes and functional areas and 
provide recommendations to customers for continuous improvement.  

Pre-Defined Consulting Engagements – QAD Global Services performs diagnostic and prescriptive consultations that 

cover many areas including customization, analytics and various areas of compliance such as FDA, MMOG/LE and SOX. 

QAD Global Service’s network of employees, consultants and partners knows QAD software best. They diagnose issues 
preventing businesses from running efficiently and prescribe steps to maximize the benefits of QAD Enterprise Applications. 
These QAD experts offer what outside consultants cannot - a combination of a deep understanding of the industries in which 
our customers operate, the in-depth knowledge of functionality of the QAD solution portfolio and the proven experience of 

8 

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
helping customers leverage our software to become more Effective Enterprises. QAD Global Services offers a full range of 
program  management,  project  management,  industry  consulting  and  technical  services  certified  in  our  products  and 
methodologies. 

QAD GLOBAL PARTNER NETWORK 

QAD establishes strategic relationships with our partners to expand our sales reach, improve our market impact, provide 
technological advantages  and strengthen our  strategic position  in  the  industries  that we  serve. QAD and our  partners  are 
constantly evolving, broadening our expertise and our footprint in order to meet the diverse needs of our customers around 
the world. Today we have approximately 130 companies partnering with us to deliver innovative solutions, services and 
technology that help to enable our customers to build their Effective Enterprise. 

OUR STRATEGY 

All aspects of our solutions, from software to services to our customer engagement, are architected to support our vision 
for the Effective Enterprise where every business process is running at peak efficiency and perfectly aligned to our customers’ 
strategic goals. In an ever changing world, continuous improvement is a fundamental requirement for achieving this vision. 
In  support  of  our  vision,  we  focus  on  providing  complete  solutions  and  expertise  that  help  our  customers  improve  the 
effectiveness  of  their  business  processes.  In  addition,  our  software  is  designed  to  support  global  regulatory  and  business 
practice  requirements  that  enable  our  customers  to  satisfy  governmental  and  industry  regulations,  while  incorporating 
industry  best  practices  and  providing  real-time  visibility  and  measurement  in  support  of  continuous  business  process 
improvement initiatives. 

We  build  solutions  in  24  specific  industry  segments  across  six  manufacturing  verticals  to  provide  our  customers  the 
capabilities they need to run their enterprises effectively without the complexity and excess resource consumption associated 
with generalist solutions. We focus on those areas, within the segments we target, where we see potential for increased growth 
due to manufacturing expansion, cloud adoption or emerging requirements that we can address. 

Our goal is to enhance our position as a leading provider of cloud-based enterprise applications for global manufacturing 
companies. The key elements of our strategy, which we believe will support the achievement of our vision and help drive 
continued growth, are as follows: 

Grow Our Cloud Business. We provide full-featured vertically-focused cloud and on-premise solutions which work well 
together and independently. Cloud is not simply a deployment option; it is a strategic choice that allows our customers to 
focus on their customers and products without the distraction of administering their enterprise applications or maintaining 
their infrastructure. We intend to expand our position in the cloud-based applications market by continuing to provide high 
quality offerings  that  encompass  the  enterprise  class functionality  our  customers  require. We  believe new  manufacturing 
companies,  or  companies  created  through  divestiture  from  a  larger  entity,  that  do  not  have  an  existing  legacy  enterprise 
platform are more likely to adopt our cloud computing solutions when choosing and implementing a new enterprise system 
to run their business. We also believe that QAD Enterprise  Applications is well positioned as a full-strength, secure and 
flexible solution delivered in the cloud to support global manufacturing companies. QAD was named the 2016 Enterprise 
Cloud Company of the Year in the Stratus Awards for cloud computing conducted by the Business Intelligence Group. The 
Stratus Awards identify and acknowledge distinguished companies, products and people offering unique solutions that take 
advantage of cloud technologies. 

Grow  our  customer  base  and  expand  our  footprint  within  existing  customers.  We  believe  there  is  substantial 
opportunity to increase the presence of cloud-based enterprise solutions within our global manufacturing customer base and 
that our expertise in the core vertical markets we serve is well suited to meet the growing needs of global manufacturing 
companies.  Our  industry-specific  solutions,  combined  with  our  cloud  and  on-premise  deployment  options,  enable  our 
manufacturing businesses to continue to manage their own growth in the manner that best meets their needs and strategy. 
Within our current customer base, opportunities exist to deliver value through a wider use of the QAD product portfolio to 
address business challenges. With over 2,000 customers across our core vertical markets and over 300,000 active users, we 
have  many  opportunities  to  increase  revenue  and  deliver  additional  value  to  our  existing  installed  base.  As  the  global 
manufacturing economy grows, our existing customers' businesses will grow and our solutions are designed to help them 
manage this growth in an effective and efficient manner. We intend to continue to invest aggressively in our direct sales and 
marketing capabilities to highlight these advantages for prospective new customers. 

Continued product development and rapid response to change. Our ability to successfully compete depends in part on 
our continuous product development and rapid introduction of new technologies, features and functionality. Manufacturers 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
are facing a swiftly changing business environment fueled by exponential growth in underlying technologies. Industry 4.0, 
IoT,  Artificial  Intelligence  (AI),  Additive  Manufacturing  (3D  Printing)  and  Digital  Transformation  are  all  examples  of 
evolving technologies that can impact the markets in which our customers operate. Adopting these technologies, as well as 
responding to changes in customer demands and the competitive landscape, can require changes in our customer's business 
processes. Delivering agile systems that support changes in business process are a key focus of our Channel Islands program. 
The  technologies  that  we  have  developed  to  provide  this  flexibility  include:  Personalization,  Embedded  Analytics, 
Modularization and Extensibility. We are committed to continuous investment in product development to ensure our products 
have the necessary capabilities to meet the needs of our global customers and enhance our competitive position in the vertical 
markets we serve. In particular, as our industry has shifted from on-premise to cloud-based solutions, we have expanded our 
cloud offerings to provide our customers with more value and flexibility. 

Focus  on  global  manufacturing  and  leverage  expertise  within  key  vertical  markets.  Many  manufacturers  operate 
globally, requiring a provider that can tailor solutions to the unique needs of their markets, deliver local and global services 
resources and support local languages. Solutions must be cost effective and easy to implement and use. Our solutions offer 
many benefits to customers with global operations, including capabilities that support operations in multiple geographies 
with a variety of languages, and currencies, as well as compliance with complex local regulations and business practices. Our 
existing global footprint is a key leverage point for meeting these needs, utilizing offices, personnel and partnerships in many 
countries around the world. We also employ staff with specific knowledge and experience in the industries in which our 
customers  operate.  We  provide  our  solutions  to  24  segments  across  six  vertical  manufacturing  markets  and  we  actively 
participate  in  several  leading  industry  associations  and  pride  ourselves  on  the  deep  expertise  of  our  staff.  Our  industry 
knowledge  continues  to  deepen  through  regular  interaction  with  our  customers.  This  collective  experience  and  customer 
interaction allows QAD to develop solutions with specific capabilities that address our customers’ needs. 

Enhance customer experience to deliver continuous value and maximize customer retention. Through award winning 
customer  engagement,  recognized  by  Consumer  Goods  Technology  Magazine  for  the  4th  straight  year,  QAD  delivers  a 
continuous improvement process to ensure continued alignment for the long term between our customers’ business strategy, 
people, processes, and best practices and the technology that supports it. We strive to engage with every customer every year, 
frequently conducting reviews of their business processes and presenting opportunities for improvement. Our deep vertical 
segment focus and strong, ongoing customer relationships drive continuous development of industry-specific functionality. 
As a result, we have maintained retention rates in excess of 90% annually. 

TECHNOLOGY 

QAD Enterprise Applications was designed to achieve our vision for global manufacturing companies to effectively run 
their  business  processes  at  peak  efficiency,  in  alignment  with  their  company  strategic  goals.  We  have  chosen  the  best 
technologies  to  achieve  our  vision,  focusing  on  user  experience,  integration,  business  services,  analytics,  databases  and 
deployment flexibility. We embrace ‘openness’ as a core principle of our designs, aiming to allow customers freedom of 
choice with regard to device, operating systems and hardware platforms when deploying their software applications. The 
core of QAD Enterprise Applications is built on a services-oriented architecture, which allows QAD Enterprise Applications’ 
components  to  communicate  with  one  another  through  industry-standard  messaging  techniques  like  Representation  State 
Transfer services. This allows customers to exploit the full benefit of QAD’s open architecture for their businesses. 

QAD Enterprise Applications core business logic has been developed in the OpenEdge programming environment and 
relational  database  provided  by  Progress  Software  Corporation.  Our  solutions  also  include  components  of  Oracle’s  Java 
environment  for  providing  web,  mobile  and  integration  infrastructure.  We  offer  a  rich  user  experience  using  HTML5 
technologies,  iOS,  Android  and  Microsoft  .NET  frameworks.  QAD  Enterprise  Applications  supports  most  commercial 
operating  systems,  including  most  common  LINUX-derived  operating  systems,  Windows  Server  System  and  most 
proprietary versions of UNIX including Hewlett Packard’s HP/UX and IBM’s AIX. Where practical, QAD uses open industry 
standards to collaborate and integrate QAD Enterprise Applications with other systems. 

QAD’s  enterprise  architecture  provides  significant  flexibility  for  global  companies  in  deploying  QAD  Enterprise 
Applications. Our enterprise architecture allows companies to separate the legal structure of their business from physical 
operating locations or to separate both of these from the software instances and computer hardware that support them. With 
QAD enterprise architecture, customers can choose which sites are a part of which companies, which sites are supported on 
any instance of the application, or which sites operate as one instance. Customers can also choose centralized, decentralized 
or hybrid computing architectures with parts of their enterprise running from both central resources and local resources. 

QAD combines our technologies to provide a comprehensive cloud solution for our customers. Our cloud architecture 
encompasses  infrastructure  provisioning  and  application  deployment,  management,  monitoring  and  security;  providing  a 

10 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
world class development operations practice built around Information Technology Infrastructure Library standards. Our cloud 
delivery centers are certified under the ISO 9001:2008 standard for quality management, the ISO 20,000:2011 standard for 
service management (SMS), the ISO 27001:2013 standard for information security management (ISMS), the FDA 21 CFR 
Part 11 requirements for electronic records and signatures, and the SSAE 16 (SOC I-Type II) requirements for reporting and 
compliance controls. 

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 

The technology industry is characterized by rapid technological change in computer hardware, mobile devices, operating 
systems, applications, and the rapid expansion of the IoT. In addition, our customers and the industries that we support are 
continually evolving, as do their expectations of the performance and user experience of our software. We maintain a global 
research and development organization that provides new product enhancements to the market on a semiannual basis in order 
to swiftly respond to these changes. 

The  enterprise  software  industry  is  continuing  its  transition  from  selling  on-premise  licenses  to  selling  cloud-based 
solutions which include more integration to IoT devices, social, mobile computing and platform services capabilities. In fiscal 
2017, we continued to transition our business model to cloud-based offerings and we rolled out of our latest user experience 
in the sales, service and purchasing areas of the product suite to our cloud customers. Our latest release supports mobile 
applications for decision making and providing insights into the health of our customers businesses. This offering is designed 
to give our customers even more value and flexibility to use our product suite with a secure browser from anywhere the user 
has connectivity. We take security very seriously and with every new release we have our software verified by an outside 
firm through software scanning and penetration testing to ensure we have no security breaches. With our web services and 
rich set of API’s, our customers can connect our product suite to other applications with ease. 

We dedicate considerable technical and financial resources to research and development to continually enhance and 
expand our product suite in support of the vertical markets that we serve. For example, in fiscal 2017, we continued our 
internationalization program in support of the expansion of our global customers. As we ended fiscal 2017 we were supporting 
our customers in over 70 countries with a single solution managed and maintained by QAD’s research and development 
organization. We added functionality in all areas of the product and have introduced a new Revenue Recognition Module in 
support of new accounting standards, ASC 606 and IFRS 15. 

We operate a global research and development organization comprised of 380 R&D employees located in offices in the 
United  States,  India,  China,  Ireland,  Australia,  France,  Belgium,  Spain,  Brazil  and  Great  Britain.  Our  research  and 
development  expenses  totaled  $43.6  million,  $41.2  million  and  $42.3  million  in  fiscal  years  2017,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively.  Our  software  is  primarily  developed  internally;  however,  we  also  use  independent  firms  and  contractors  to 
perform some of our product development activities when we require additional resources or specific skills or knowledge. 
All outside development is managed by our internal Research and Development organization. As needed, we acquire products 
or technology developed by others by purchasing or licensing products and technology from third parties. We continually 
review these investments in an effort to ensure that we are generating sufficient revenue or gaining a competitive advantage 
to justify their costs. We routinely translate our product suite into fourteen languages and through our internationalization 
program  we  support  mandatory  governmental  regulations  and  reporting  requirements  for  over  70  countries.  This  is  all 
accomplished through a single offering for our customers in the cloud or on premise, allowing them to run their businesses 
using a consistent core business model with a deployment model of their choice. 

We plan to continue to manage significant product development operations internationally over the next several years. 
We  believe  that  our  ability  to  conduct  research  and  development  at  various  locations  throughout  the  world  allows  us  to 
optimize  product  development,  lower  costs,  and  integrate  local  market  knowledge  into  our  development  activities.  We 
continually assess the significant costs and challenges, including intellectual property protection, against the benefits of our 
international development activities.  

DIRECT AND INDIRECT SALES 

QAD sells its products and services through direct and indirect sales channels located throughout the regions of North 
America, Latin America, EMEA and Asia Pacific. Each region leverages global standards and systems to enhance consistency 
when interacting with global customers. Additionally, we have a global strategic accounts team, which is responsible for 
managing QAD’s largest global customers across regions.  

Our direct sales organization includes approximately 70 commissioned sales people. Incentive pay is a significant portion 
of the total compensation package for our sales staff. We continually align our sales organization and business strategies with 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
market conditions to maintain an effective sales process. We cultivate the industries we serve within each territory through 
marketing, local product development and sales training. 

Our  indirect  sales  channel  consists  of  approximately  40  distributors  and  sales  agents  worldwide.  We  do  not  grant 
exclusive rights to any of our distributors or sales agents. Our distributors and sales agents primarily sell independently to 
companies within their geographic territory, but may also work in conjunction with our direct sales organization. We also 
identify global sales opportunities through our relationships with implementation service providers, hardware vendors and 
other third parties. 

MARKETING 

Our marketing strategy is to differentiate our offering by focusing on our role in providing value by helping our customers 
achieve the vision of the Effective Enterprise. Our main marketing objective is to leverage the measurable success in business 
outcomes  our  customers  have  achieved  to  increase  awareness  and  drive  leads.  We  do  this  by  openly  and  consistently 
communicating  with  QAD  customers,  prospects,  partners,  investors  and  other  key  audiences.  Our  primary  marketing 
activities include: press and industry analyst relations to garner third-party validation and generate positive coverage for our 
company, offerings and value proposition; user conferences and events, such as Explore, as well as participation in other 
industry  events,  to  create  customer  and  prospect  awareness;  content  marketing  and  engagement  on  social  channels  like 
Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn and YouTube; search engine optimization, retargeting and pay per click advertising to drive 
traffic to our web properties; web site development and gamification to engage and educate prospects and generate interest 
through product information and demonstrations, case studies, white papers, and marketing collateral; customer testimonials, 
references,  and  referrals;  and  sales  tools  and  field  marketing  events  to  enable  our  sales  organization  to  more  effectively 
convert leads into customers. 

We recognize the changing buying dynamics and are focused on engaging with prospects early in the sales cycle in order 
to help set the buying criteria and specifications in a way that uniquely leads to QAD. We seek to accelerate prospects through 
the buying journey by answering questions and removing roadblocks.  

COMPETITION 

Every aspect of our business is affected by strong competition from both enterprise software application vendors and 
cloud  computing  application  services  providers.  The  markets  for  our  on-premise  and  cloud  offerings  continue  to  rapidly 
evolve due to constant changes in technology. New products and services are frequently introduced as new companies emerge 
and expand. Our customers demand greater performance and reliability with lower complexity. Cost of implementation or 
conversion to the cloud and cost of ongoing maintenance are constant concerns when our customers make decisions about 
how best to deploy their resources. 

In the on-premise space, we compete primarily with larger enterprise application vendors, such as SAP, Oracle and Infor, 
who hold significant market share in the traditional marketplace. These companies have considerable financial resources and 
name recognition and have established broad market solutions by developing applications targeted at many industries, not 
just manufacturing. They often focus heavily on positioning their size as an advantage. We typically differentiate against 
these companies based on the specific industry focus of our solutions as well as our customer focus. Internationally, we face 
competition  from  local  companies,  as well  as  the  large  enterprise  application  competitors,  many  of which have  products 
tailored for those local markets. 

In addition, our industry has shifted focus from on-premise to cloud and mobile computing. Most enterprise application 
vendors today have some focus on cloud solutions, in addition to on-premise sales, which creates an environment in which 
we face competition from a variety of vendors that address one or more of our applications. As a result, our cloud solutions 
compete  with  both  large  software  vendors  and  cloud  computing  application  service  providers.  Smaller  cloud  computing 
vendors have so far targeted the lower end of the manufacturing supply chain market where companies operate in a single 
plant or single currency environment focusing mainly in the U.S. domestic market. Adding to this, other vendors that provide 
services in different markets may develop solutions in our target markets and some potential customers may elect to develop 
their own internal solutions.  

12 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
We believe the key competitive factors in our markets are: 

Flexibility to meet changing business requirements 

●  Customer focus 
●  Customer outcomes 
● 
●  Total cost of ownership 
● 
● 
● 
●  Technological innovation 
●  Usability 
●  Ability to tailor and customize series for a specific company, vertical or industry 
●  Compatibility  between  products  and  services  deployed  within  on-premise  IT  environments  and  public  cloud  IT 

Performance and reliability 
Security 
Solution breadth and functionality 

● 
● 

environments 
Speed and ease of deployment, use and maintenance; and 
Financial resources and reputation of the vendor. 

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend on 

our efforts in the areas of product development and sales, services and support operations. 

EMPLOYEES 

As of January 31, 2017, we had 1,710 full-time employees, including 810 in support, subscription and professional 
services, 380 in research and development, 300 in sales and marketing and 220 in administration. Generally, our employees 
are not represented by collective bargaining agreements. However, certain employees in our Netherlands, France and Belgium 
subsidiaries are represented by statutory works councils as required under local law. Employees of our Brazilian subsidiary 
are represented by a collective bargaining agreement with the Data Processing Union. 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  trademark,  copyright,  trade  secret  and  patent  laws  in  the  United  States  and  other 
jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technology and our 
brands and we maintain programs to protect and grow our rights. We also enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights 
agreements with our employees, consultants and other third parties and control access to software, services, documentation 
and other proprietary information. 

SEASONALITY 

Our fourth quarter has historically been our strongest quarter for new business and maintenance renewals. For a more 
detailed  discussion,  see  the  “Seasonal  Nature  of  Deferred  Revenue,  Accounts  Receivable  and  Operating  Cash  Flow” 
discussion in Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

SEGMENT REPORTING 

We operate in a single reporting segment. Geographical financial information for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 is 
presented in Note 12 within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION 

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments 
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free 
of charge on our website at www.qad.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports have been electronically filed 
or otherwise furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. We are not including the information contained on our 
website as part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this annual report on Form 10-K. 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

The environment in which we operate involves significant risks and is subject to factors beyond our control. You should 
consider the risk factors described below before investing in our stock as such risks may have a material adverse effect on 
our business, results of operations and financial condition and could cause the price of our stock to decline. Please note that 
the risk factors described below are not exhaustive. 

Risks associated with our cloud service offerings 

Defects and disruptions in our services could diminish demand for our services and subject us to liability. 

Our cloud service offerings are complex and incorporate a variety of hardware and proprietary and third-party software, 
and may have errors or defects that could result in unanticipated downtime for our customers and harm to our reputation and 
our business. We have from time to time found defects in our services and new defects may be discovered in the future, 
especially in connection with the integration of new technologies and the introduction of new services. As a result, we could 
lose future sales and existing customers could elect to cancel or make warranty or other claims against us and potentially 
expose us to the expense and risk of litigation. 

Our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected if we do not properly manage our cloud service offerings. 

The pricing and other terms of some of our cloud agreements require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time 
we enter into these contracts that could differ from actual results. Early termination, increased costs or unanticipated delays 
could have a material adverse effect on our profit margin and generate negative cash flow. Further, if we experience delays 
in implementing new cloud customers (whether due to product defects, system complexities or other factors) then customers 
may delay the deployment of additional users and sites, which could adversely affect our revenue growth. If we fail to meet 
our system availability commitments or other customer obligations then we may be required to give credits or refund fees, 
and we may be subject to litigation and loss of customer business. For example, if we were to miss our system availability 
commitments then we are obligated under our customer contracts to issue one day’s credit against future fees for each hour 
of system unavailability. We expend significant resources to improve the reliability and security of our cloud offerings and 
the cost of these investments could reduce our operating margins. 

Our cloud retention rate is dependent upon a number of factors that may impact our ability to accurately predict growth in 
our cloud business. 

Our cloud customers typically enter into subscription agreements with a term of 12 to 60 months. Our customers have 
no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the expiration of their initial subscription period, and some customers may 
elect not to renew, or may elect to renew at a lower subscription level. Growth in our cloud business may be affected by our 
ability to maintain high retention rates and sell additional features and services to our current customers, which could depend 
on  a  number of factors,  including  customers’  satisfaction with our products  and  services,  the prices  of  our offerings and 
general economic conditions. We cannot provide assurance that our subscriptions will be renewed at the same or higher levels 
of service, for the same number of users or for the same duration of time, if at all, or that we will be able to accurately predict 
future customer retention rates. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions or if they renew on terms less favorable to 
us, the rate at which our cloud business grows may decline and our revenue may be reduced. 

We rely on third-party hosting and other service providers. 

We currently serve our cloud customers from third-party data center hosting facilities located in the United States and 
other countries. We do not control the operation of any of these facilities, and they are vulnerable to damage or interruption 
from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They may also be subject to 
breaches  of  computer  hardware  and  software  security,  break-ins,  sabotage,  intentional  acts  of  vandalism  and  similar 
misconduct. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision 
to  close  the  facilities  without  adequate  notice  or  other  unanticipated  problems  at  these  facilities  could  result  in  lengthy 
interruptions  in  our  service.  Even  with  our  disaster  recovery  precautions,  our  services  could  be  interrupted.  Any  loss  or 
interruption of these services could significantly increase our expenses and/or result in errors or a failure of our services 
which could adversely affect our business. In addition, these vendor services may not continue to be available at reasonable 
prices or on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. 

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
We may be exposed to liability and loss from cyber security breaches. 

Our cloud services involve the storage and transmission of customers’ proprietary information, and security breaches 
could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation and possible liability. Security breaches may also include 
“denial-of-service” attacks, which can potentially disrupt our operations and our customers’ operation. Security measures 
may be breached in numerous ways, including remote or on-site break-ins by computer hackers, disgruntled employees or 
employee error during transfer of data to additional data centers or at any time, and result in unauthorized access to our own 
and our customers’ data, intellectual property and other confidential business information. Additionally, third parties may 
attempt  to  induce  employees  or  customers  into  disclosing  sensitive  information  such  as  user  names,  passwords  or  other 
information in order to gain access to our own and our customers’ data, intellectual property and other confidential business 
information.  Because  the  techniques  used  to  obtain  unauthorized  access,  or  to  sabotage  systems,  change  frequently  and 
generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement 
adequate preventative measures. A security breach could result in a loss of confidence in the security of our service, damage 
our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability and severely and potentially irreparably impact our business. 

Our  solutions  could  be  used  to  collect  and  store  personal  information  of  our  customers’  employees  or  customers,  and 
therefore privacy concerns could result in additional cost and liability to us or inhibit sales of our solutions. 

Regulatory focus on privacy issues continues to increase and worldwide laws and regulations concerning the handling 
of personal information are expanding and becoming more complex. Many federal, state and foreign government bodies and 
agencies  have  adopted,  or  are  considering  adopting,  laws  and  regulations  regarding  the  collection,  use,  disclosure  and 
retention  of  personal  information.  These  and  other  requirements  could  reduce  demand  for  our  products  and  solutions  or 
restrict our ability to store and process data or, in some cases, impact our ability to offer our products and solutions in certain 
locations or our customers' ability to deploy our solutions globally. This impact may be more significant in countries with 
legislation that requires data to remain localized “in country”, as this could require us or our customers to establish data 
storage  in  other  jurisdictions  or  apply  local  operational  processes  that  are  difficult  and  costly  to  integrate  with  global 
processes. 

Internationally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data security and privacy legal 
framework with which we or our customers must comply, including the Data Protection Directive established in the European 
Union  and  the  Federal  Data  Protection  Act  passed  in  Germany.  The  costs  of  compliance  with  such  international  laws, 
regulations and standards may limit the use and adoption of, and reduce overall demand for, our solutions, lead to significant 
fines, penalties or liabilities for noncompliance, or slow the pace at which we close sales, thereby harming our business. 

The market for cloud services may not develop as quickly as we expect. 

The market for enterprise cloud computing application services is not as mature as the market for traditional enterprise 
software, and it is uncertain whether these services will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. 
Our  success will  depend  on  the  willingness  of  customers  to  increase  their  use of  enterprise  cloud  computing  application 
services in general, and for enterprise applications in particular. Some enterprises may be unwilling to use enterprise cloud 
computing application services because they have concerns regarding security risks, international transfers of data, evolving 
regulation, government or other third-party access to data, use of outsourced services providers, and unwillingness to abandon 
past infrastructure investments. If the market for enterprise cloud computing application services does not evolve in the way 
we  anticipate  or  if  customers  do  not  recognize  the  benefits  of  our  cloud  solutions  over  traditional  on-premise  enterprise 
software products, and as a result we are unable to increase sales of subscriptions to our cloud offerings, then our revenues 
may not grow or may decline and our operating results would be harmed. 

Our focus on cloud services may result in the loss of other business opportunities and negatively impact our revenue growth. 

We  have  focused  our  sales  force,  management  team  and  other  personnel  toward  growing  our  cloud  business.  This 
strategic direction and redirection of resources could potentially result in the loss of sales opportunities in our traditional 
license, maintenance and services businesses. If our cloud business does not grow in accordance with our expectations and 
we  are  not  able  to  cover  the  shortfall  with  other  sales  opportunities,  then  our  business  could  be  harmed.  Although  the 
subscription model used for our cloud business is designed to create a recurring revenue stream that is more predictable, the 
shift to this model may reduce our license sales, spread revenue over a longer period and negatively affect future license, 
maintenance and services revenue. 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Risks associated with rapid technological change and complexity 

The market for our products and services is characterized by rapid technological change. 

Customer requirements for products can change rapidly as a result of innovation or change within the computer hardware 
and software industries, the introduction of new products and technologies and the emergence of, adoption of, or changes to, 
industry standards. Our future success, including our cloud service offerings, will depend upon our ability to continue to 
enhance our current product line and to develop and introduce new products and services that keep pace with technological 
developments, satisfy increasingly sophisticated customer requirements, keep pace with industry and compliance standards 
and achieve market acceptance. Our failure to successfully develop or acquire and market product enhancements or new 
products could have a material adverse effect on our business. Developing software and cloud offerings is expensive. We 
will continue to make significant investments in research and development, and we may not realize significant new revenue 
from these investments for several years, if at all. 

New software releases and enhancements may adversely affect our software sales. 

The actual or anticipated introduction of new products, technologies and industry standards can render existing products 
obsolete or unmarketable or result in delays in the purchase of those products. Significant delays in launching new products 
may also jeopardize our ability to compete. Failure by us to anticipate or respond to developments in technology or customer 
requirements, significant delays in the introduction of new products or failure by us to maintain overall customer satisfaction 
could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

Services engagements are increasingly complex and pose additional risks. 

Services  engagements  may  involve  increased  technological  complexity,  customer  customization  requests  and  other 
challenges, including in connection with our cloud environments, and demand a significant number of specialized technical 
resources. Our failure to successfully address these issues could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet may negatively impact our business. 

Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or 
regulations relating to Internet usage. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our applications in 
order  to  comply  with  these  laws  or  regulations.  In  addition,  government  agencies  or  private  organizations  may  begin  to 
impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges 
could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications, or negatively impact demand for Internet-based 
applications such as ours. 

Risks associated with our revenue, expenses and pricing 

Because  of  significant  fluctuations  in  our  revenue,  period-to-period  comparisons  of  our  revenue  or  profit  may  not  be 
meaningful. 

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future. Such fluctuations 
have resulted from the seasonality of our customers’ manufacturing businesses and budget cycles and other factors. Moreover, 
there can be no assurance that our revenue will grow in future periods or that we will be profitable on a quarterly or annual 
basis. 

A significant portion of our revenue in any quarter may be derived from a limited number of large, non-recurring license 
sales. 

We may experience large individual license sales, which may cause significant variations in license fees being reported 
on  a  quarterly  basis.  We  also  believe  that  the  purchase  of  our  products  is  discretionary  and  may  involve  a  significant 
commitment of a customer’s capital resources. Therefore, a downturn in any significant customer’s business could have a 
significant adverse impact on our revenue and profit. Further, we have historically recognized a substantial portion of our 
license revenue from sales booked and shipped in the last month of a quarter and, as a result, the magnitude of quarterly 
fluctuations in license fees may not become evident until the end of a particular quarter. Our revenue from license fees in any 
quarter is substantially dependent on orders booked and shipped in that quarter. We are unlikely to be able to generate revenue 
from alternative sources if we discover a shortfall near the end of a quarter. 

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our financial forecasts are subject to uncertainty to the extent they are based on estimated sales forecasts. 

Our revenues, and particularly our new software license revenue, are difficult to forecast, and, as a result, our financial 
forecasts are subject to uncertainty. Specifically, our sales forecasts are based on estimates that our sales personnel make 
regarding  the  likelihood  of  potential  sales,  including  their  expected  closing  date  and  fee  amounts.  If  these  estimates  are 
inaccurate then our financial forecasts may also be inaccurate. 

The margins in our services business may fluctuate. 

Services revenue is dependent upon the timing and size of customer orders to provide the services, as well as upon our 
related license and subscription sales. In addition, certain engagements may involve fixed price arrangements and significant 
staffing which require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts. Variances between 
these estimates and assumptions and actual results could have an adverse effect on our profit margin and generate negative 
cash flow and negative services margins. To the extent that we are not successful in securing orders from customers to provide 
services, or to the extent we are not successful in achieving the expected margin on such services, our results of operations 
may be adversely affected. 

The margins in our cloud service offerings may fluctuate. 

Our  cloud  service  offerings  may  involve  fixed  price  arrangements,  fixed  and  up-front  costs  and  significant  staffing 
which  require  us  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  at  the  time  we  enter  into  these  contracts.  Variances  between  these 
estimates and assumptions and actual results could have an adverse effect on our profit margin and/or generate negative cash 
flow. To the extent that we are not successful in securing orders from customers to provide cloud services, or to the extent 
we are not successful in achieving the expected margin on such solutions, our results may be adversely affected. 

Because we recognize revenue from cloud services over the term of the subscription, downturns or upturns in new business 
may not be immediately reflected in our operating results. 

We generally recognize revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their subscription agreements. As a result, 
most of the revenue we report in each quarter is the result of subscription agreements entered into during previous quarters. 
Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not be reflected in our revenue results for 
that  quarter. Any  such decline, however, will  negatively  affect our revenue  in  future quarters.  Accordingly,  the  effect  of 
significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our service, and potential changes in our attrition rate may not be 
fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly 
increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers must be recognized over the 
applicable subscription term. 

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from maintenance renewals with our existing installed base of customers. 

Significant portions of our maintenance revenues are generated from our installed base of customers. Maintenance and 
support agreements with these customers are traditionally renewed on an annual basis at the customer’s discretion, and there 
is normally no requirement that a customer renew or that a customer pay new license or service fees to us following the initial 
purchase. Further, it is our strategy to convert existing customers to our cloud services offering, which, if successful, will 
reduce maintenance renewals. If our existing customers do not renew their maintenance agreements or fail to purchase new 
user licenses or product enhancements or additional services at historical levels, our revenues and results of operations could 
be adversely affected. 

Our maintenance retention rate is dependent upon a number of factors such as our ability to continue to develop and maintain 
our products, our ability to continue to recruit and retain qualified personnel to assist our customers, and our ability to 
promote the value of maintenance for our products to our customers. 

Our maintenance retention rate is also dependent upon factors beyond our control such as technology changes and their 
adoption by our customers, budgeting decisions by our customers, changes in our customers’ strategy or ownership and plans 
by our customers to replace our products with competing products. If our maintenance retention rate were to decrease, our 
revenue and results of operations would be adversely affected. 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We encounter pressure to make concessions on our pricing and pricing models. 

We are occasionally obliged to offer deep discounts and other favorable terms in order to match or exceed the product 
and service offerings of our competitors. If we do not adapt our pricing models to reflect changes in customer demand, for 
example,  changes  resulting  from  rapid  technological  advances  leading  to  alternative  hosting  and  cloud  service  delivery 
offering, our revenues could decrease. Further, broad-based changes to our pricing models could adversely affect our revenues 
and operating results as our sales force implements, and our customers and accounting practices adjust to, the new pricing 
models. 

We may have exposure to additional tax liabilities. 

As a multinational organization, we are subject to income taxes as well as non-income taxes in the United States and in 
various foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision and other 
tax liabilities. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits or tax disputes 
may differ from what is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. 

Our tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including: 

•  Changes in jurisdictional revenue mix; 

•  Changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof; 

•  Changes in tax rates; 

•  Changes to the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and 

•  Assessments and any related tax, interest or penalties. 

If we are deemed to owe additional taxes, our results of operations may be adversely affected. 

We report our results based on the amount of taxes owed in the various tax jurisdictions in which we operate. 

Periodically, we may receive notices that a tax authority in a particular jurisdiction believes that we owe a greater amount 
of income tax than we have reported, in which case we may engage in discussions or possible dispute resolutions with these 
tax authorities. If the ultimate determination of our income taxes owed in any of these jurisdictions is for an amount in excess 
of the tax provision we have recorded or reserved for, our operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be 
adversely affected. We are also subject to non-income taxes, such as payroll, sales, use, value-added, net worth, property and 
goods and services taxes, in the United States and in various foreign jurisdictions. Audits or disputes relating to non-income 
taxes may result in additional liabilities that could negatively affect our operating results, cash flows and financial condition. 

Our personnel restructurings may incur significant expense and be disruptive. 

We have in the past restructured our workforce on a company-wide, business function or geographic basis in connection 
with  strategic  changes,  cost  containment  and  other  purposes.  Such  restructurings,  and  in  particular  reductions  in  the 
workforce, may result in significant severance and other expenses and may also reduce productivity. 

Initiatives to upgrade our internal information technology systems involve risks which could disrupt our operations, increase 
our costs or harm our business. 

We rely on our internal information technology systems for development, marketing, support, sales, accounting and 
financial  reporting  and  other  operations.  We  regularly  implement  business  process  improvements  to  optimize  the 
performance  of  these  systems.  Such  improvements  require  significant  capital  investments  and  personnel  resources. 
Difficulties in implementation could disrupt our operations, increase our costs or otherwise harm our business. In particular, 
we  are  in  the  process  of  implementing  upgrades  to  our  internal  information  technology  systems  supporting  financial 
operations,  which  we  expect  will  have  a  pervasive  impact  on  our  business  processes  and  information  systems  across  a 
significant portion of our operations. As a result, we may experience significant changes in our operational processes and 
internal controls as our implementation progresses. If we are unable to successfully implement these upgrades, including 
harmonizing our systems, processes and data, our ability to conduct routine business functions could be negatively impacted 
and  significant  disruptions  to  our  business  could  occur.  In  addition,  such  difficulties  could  cause  us  to  incur  material 

18 

  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
unanticipated expenses, including additional costs of implementation or costs of conducting business, or result in errors and 
delays in invoicing customers, collecting cash, paying vendors and financial reporting. 

Risks associated with our sales cycle 

Our products involve a long sales cycle and the timing of sales is difficult to predict. Because the licensing or subscription 
of our primary products generally involves a significant commitment of capital or a long-term commitment by our customers, 
the sales cycle associated with a purchase of our products is generally lengthy. 

This cycle varies from customer to customer and is subject to a number of significant risks over which we have little or 
no control. The evaluation process that our customers follow generally involves many of their personnel and requires complex 
demonstrations and presentations to satisfy their needs. Significant effort is required by us to support this approach, whether 
we are ultimately successful or not. If sales forecasted for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter, then we are 
unlikely to be able to generate revenue from alternative sources in time to compensate for the shortfall. As a result, a lost or 
delayed sale could have a material adverse effect on our quarterly and annual operating results. 

Risks associated with our solutions 

We may experience defects in our solutions. 

Our solutions, including licensed software, cloud services and other services, may contain defects, including security 
flaws, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. The detection and correction of defects can be 
time consuming and costly. Defects in our solutions, including third-party software, could affect the ability of our products 
to work with other hardware or software products. Defects could delay the development or release of new products or new 
versions  of  products  and  could  adversely  affect  market  acceptance  of  our  products  and  our  ability  to  conduct  our  cloud 
operations. Defects may also impair our ability to complete services implementations on time and within budget. Customers 
who rely on our solutions for applications that are critical to their businesses may have a greater sensitivity to such defects 
than customers for software products generally. Defects could expose us to product liability, performance and warranty claims 
as well as harm our reputation, which could adversely impact our future sales of offerings. 

Dependence on third-party suppliers 

We are dependent on Progress Software Corporation. 

The majority of QAD Enterprise Applications are written in a programming language that is proprietary to Progress 
Software  Corporation,  or  “Progress.”  These  QAD  Enterprise  Applications  do  not  run  within  programming  environments 
other than Progress and therefore our customers must acquire rights to Progress software in order to use these QAD Enterprise 
Applications. We have an agreement with Progress under which Progress licenses us to distribute and use Progress software 
related to our products. This agreement remains in effect unless terminated either by a written ten-year advance notice or due 
to a material breach that is not remedied. If Progress were to provide notice that it was terminating its agreement with us, this 
could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects. 

Our success is dependent upon our continuing relationship with Progress. 

Our success is also dependent upon Progress continuing to develop, support and enhance its programming language, its 
toolset and its database, as well as the continued market acceptance of Progress products. A change in Progress’ control, 
management or direction may adversely impact our relationship with Progress and our ability to rely on Progress products in 
our business. We have in the past, and may in the future, experience product release delays because of delays in the release 
of Progress products or product enhancements. Any of these delays could have a material adverse effect on our business. In 
its January 16, 2017 report of year end results Progress announced a new strategic plan involving an executive departure and 
a 20% reduction in workforce. We do not believe these changes will adversely affect our relationship with Progress.  

We are dependent on other third-party suppliers. 

We resell certain software which we license from third parties other than Progress. There can be no assurance that these 
third-party software arrangements and licenses will continue to be available to us on terms that provide us with the third-
party software we require, provide adequate functionality in our products on terms that adequately protect our proprietary 
rights or are commercially favorable to us. 

19 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Certain  QAD  Enterprise  Applications  are  developed  using  embedded  programming  tools  from  Microsoft  and  Sun 
Microsystems (owned by our competitor Oracle) for the Microsoft .NET framework and Java Programming environments, 
respectively. We rely on these environments’ continued compatibility with customers’ desktop and server operating systems. 
In the event that this compatibility is limited, some of our customers may not be able to easily upgrade their QAD software. 
If the present method of licensing the .NET framework as part of Microsoft’s Desktop Operating systems is changed and a 
separate price were applied to the .NET framework, our expenses could increase substantially. Similarly, if Oracle decided 
to  charge  fees  or  otherwise  change  the  historical  licensing  terms  for  Java  technology,  our  expenses  could  increase 
substantially. For both of the .Net and Java elements, we rely on market acceptance and maintenance of these environments 
and we may be adversely affected if these were withdrawn or superseded in the market. 

Our partner agreements, including development, product acquisition and reseller agreements, contain confidentiality, 
indemnity  and  non-disclosure  provisions  for  the  third  party  and  end  user.  Failure  to  establish  or  maintain  successful 
relationships with these third parties or failure of these parties to develop and support their software, provide appropriate 
services and fulfill confidentiality, indemnity and non-disclosure obligations could have an adverse effect on us. We have 
been in the past, and expect to be in the future, party to disputes about ownership, license scope and royalty or fee terms with 
respect to intellectual property. Failure to prevail in any such dispute could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Risks associated with our proprietary rights and customer contracts 

Our intellectual property may be at risk as a result of a variety of different factors. 

We rely on a combination of protections provided by applicable copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws, as 
well  as  on  confidentiality  procedures  and  licensing  arrangements,  to  establish  and  protect  our  rights  in  our  software  and 
related  materials  and  information.  We  enter  into  licensing  agreements  with  each  of  our  on-premise  customers  and  these 
agreements provide for the non-exclusive use of QAD Enterprise Applications. Our license contracts contain confidentiality 
and  non-disclosure  provisions,  a  limited  warranty  covering  our  applications  and  indemnification  for  the  customer  from 
infringement actions related to our applications. In addition, we generally license our software to end-users in both object 
code (machine-readable) and source code (human-readable) formats. While this practice facilitates customization, making 
software available in source code also makes it possible for others to copy or modify our software for impermissible purposes. 

Despite our efforts, it may be possible for others to copy portions of our products, reverse engineer them or obtain and 
use information that we regard as proprietary, all of which could adversely affect our competitive position. Furthermore, 
there can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently develop technology similar to ours. In addition, the 
laws of certain countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. 

The success of our business is highly dependent on maintenance of intellectual property rights. 

The unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights may increase the cost of protecting these rights or reduce our 
revenues.  We  may  initiate,  or  be  subject  to,  claims  or  litigation  for  infringement  of  proprietary  rights  or  to  establish  the 
validity of our proprietary rights, which could result in significant expense to us, cause product shipment delays, require us 
to enter royalty or licensing agreements and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel from productive 
tasks, whether or not such litigation were determined in our favor. 

We may be exposed to claims for infringement of intellectual property rights and breach of contract, and we may experience 
impairment of our own intellectual property rights. 

Third parties may initiate proceedings against us claiming infringement or other misuse of their intellectual property 
rights and/or breach of our agreements with them. Further, while we actively monitor the adoption of open source software 
in  our  software  development  process,  it  is  possible  that  our  use  of  open  source  software  may  inadvertently  subject  our 
proprietary software to public disclosure and impairment of our intellectual property rights. The likelihood of such instances 
may increase as the use of open source and other third-party code becomes more prevalent in the industry. Any such instances, 
regardless of validity, may cause us to: 

• 

• 

Pay license fees or monetary damages; 

Incur high legal fees in defense of such claims; 

•  Alter or stop selling our products; 

20 

  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

Satisfy indemnification obligations to our customers; 

•  Release source code to third parties, possibly under open source license terms; and 

•  Divert management’s time and attention from operating our business. 

We may be exposed to product liability claims and other liability. 

While our customer agreements typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to product liability claims 

and other liability, we may still be exposed to liability in the event such provisions may not apply. 

We have an errors and omissions insurance policy which may not totally protect us. 

The Company has an errors and omissions insurance policy. However, this insurance may not continue to be available 
to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or a claim otherwise covered by our insurance may exceed our coverage 
limits, or a claim may not be covered at all. We may be subject to product liability claims or errors or omissions claims that 
could have an adverse effect on us. Moreover, defending a suit, regardless of its merits, could entail substantial expense and 
require the time and attention of key management personnel. 

Risks associated with our market and the economy 

The market in which we participate is highly competitive and if we do not compete effectively our operating results could be 
harmed. 

The market for enterprise software solutions is highly competitive and subject to changing technology, shifting customer 
needs  and  introductions  of  new  products  and  services.  Many  of  our  current  and  potential  competitors  enjoy  substantial 
competitive  advantages,  such  as  greater  name  recognition,  larger  marketing  budgets  and  substantially  greater  financial, 
technical  and  other  resources.  In  addition,  many  of  our  current  and  potential  competitors  have  established  marketing 
relationships and access to larger customer bases. A number of companies offer products that are similar to our products and 
target the same markets. Any of these competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, 
technologies and market trends, and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products. Our 
competitors may also offer extended payment terms or price reductions for their products and services, either of which could 
materially and adversely affect our ability to compete successfully. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete 
successfully against current and future competitors or that the competitive pressures that we may face will not materially 
adversely affect our business, revenue and results of operations. 

We are dependent upon achieving success in certain concentrated markets. 

We have made a strategic decision to concentrate our product development, as well as our sales and marketing efforts, 
in certain vertical manufacturing industry segments: automotive, life sciences, consumer products, food and beverage, high 
technology and industrial products. We also concentrate our efforts on certain geographies, where costs to stay in compliance 
with local requirements could be extensive and require a large amount of resources. An important element of our strategy is 
the  achievement  of  technological  and  market  leadership  recognition  for  our  software  products  in  these  segments  and 
geographies.  The  failure  of  our  products  to  achieve  or  maintain  substantial  market  acceptance  in  one  or  more  of  these 
segments  or  geographies  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  us.  If  any  of  these  targeted  industry  segments  or  geographies 
experience a material slowdown or reduced growth, those conditions could adversely affect the demand for our products. 

Unfavorable economic conditions may adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Our  operations  and  performance  are  subject  to  the  risks  arising  from  worldwide  economic  conditions,  which  are 
themselves impacted by other events, such as financial crises, natural disasters and political turmoil. In particular, the negative 
impact of economic conditions on manufacturing companies could have a substantial adverse effect on our sales, because our 
products are focused on supporting manufacturing companies. Ongoing uncertainty about current global economic conditions 
may result in reductions in sales of our products, longer sales cycles, slower adoption of new technologies and increased 
price competition as manufacturing companies may delay, reduce or forego spending in response to declining asset values, 
tight credit, high unemployment, natural disasters, political unrest and negative financial news. Such economic conditions 
may also result in our customers extending their payment periods or experiencing reduced ability to pay amounts owed to us. 
Uncertainty  about  current  global  economic  conditions  could  also  increase  the  volatility  of  our  stock  price.  If  any  of  the 
foregoing occurs, our results of operations may be adversely affected. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Risks associated with our third-party relationships 

We are dependent upon the development and maintenance of sales, services and marketing channels. 

We sell and support our products through direct and indirect sales, services and support organizations throughout the 
world. We also maintain relationships with a number of consulting and systems integration organizations that we believe are 
important to our worldwide sales, marketing, service and support activities and to the implementation of our products. We 
believe this strategy allows for additional flexibility in ensuring our customers’ needs for services are met in a cost effective, 
timely and high quality manner. Our services providers generally do not receive fees for the sale of our software products 
unless they participate actively in a sale as a sales agent or a distributor. We are aware that these third-party service providers 
do not work exclusively with our products and in many instances have similar, and often more established, relationships with 
our principal competitors. If these third parties exclusively pursue products or technology other than QAD software products 
or technology, or if these third parties fail to adequately support QAD software products and technology or increase support 
for competitive products or technology, we could be adversely affected. 

Risks associated with acquisitions we may make 

We may make acquisitions or investments in new businesses, products or technologies that involve additional risks. 

As part of our business strategy, we have made, and expect to continue to make, acquisitions of businesses or investments 
in  companies  that  offer  complementary  products,  services  and  technologies.  Such  acquisitions  or  investments  involve  a 
number of risks which could adversely affect our business or operating results, including: 

•  Our business strategy may not be furthered by an acquisition as we planned; 

•  We may be unable to retain customers, vendors, distributors, business partners or other relationships associated with the

acquired business; 

•  Our due diligence may not identify significant liabilities or deficiencies associated with the business, assets, products,

financial condition or accounting practices of an acquired company; 

•  We may have difficulty integrating an acquired business due to incompatible business cultures; 

•  We may incur significant integration costs related to assimilating the operations and personnel of acquired companies; 

•  Acquisition costs may result in charges in a particular quarter, increasing variability in our quarterly earnings; 

•  We may not realize the anticipated revenue increase from an acquisition; 

•  We may be unable to realize the value of the acquired assets relative to the acquisition cost; and 

•  Acquisitions may distract management from our existing businesses. 

These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition 
such acquisitions may cause our future quarterly financial results to fluctuate due to costs related to an acquisition, such as 
the  elimination  of  redundant  expenses  or  write-offs  of  impaired  assets  recorded  in  connection  with  acquisitions.  Also, 
consideration paid for any future acquisitions could include our stock. As a result, future acquisitions could cause dilution to 
existing  stockholders  and  to  earnings  per  share,  though  the  likelihood  of  voting  dilution  is  limited  by  the  ability  of  the 
Company to use low-vote Class A common stock as consideration for potential acquisitions. Furthermore, we may incur 
significant debt to pay for future acquisitions or investments or our use of cash to pay for acquisitions may limit other potential 
uses of our cash, including stock repurchases, dividend payments and retirement of outstanding indebtedness. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risks associated with our international operations 

Our operations are international in scope, exposing us to additional risk. 

We derive over half of our total revenue from sales outside the United States. A significant aspect of our strategy is to 
focus on developing business in emerging markets. Our operating results could be negatively impacted by a variety of factors 
affecting  our  foreign  operations,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  These  factors  include  currency  fluctuations, 
economic, political or regulatory conditions in a specific country or region, trade protection measures and other regulatory 
requirements. Additional risks inherent in international business activities generally include, among others: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Longer accounts receivable collection cycles; 

Costs and difficulties of managing international operations and alliances; 

Greater difficulty enforcing intellectual property rights; 

Import or export requirements; 

Natural disasters; 

Changes in political or economic conditions; 

Changes in regulatory requirements or tax law; and 

Operating in geographies with a higher inherent risk of corruption, which could adversely affect our ability to
maintain compliance with domestic and international laws, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws. 

We may experience foreign currency gains and losses. 

We conduct a portion of our business in currencies other than the United States dollar. Our revenues and operating 
results may be negatively affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Changes in the value of major foreign 
currencies, including the euro, Brazilian real, Mexican peso, British pound and Swiss franc relative to the United States dollar 
can significantly and adversely affect our revenues, expenses and operating results. 

Changes in accounting principles, or interpretations thereof, could have a significant impact on our financial position and 
results of operations. 

We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America (“GAAP”). A change in these principles can have a significant impact on our reported results and 
may even retroactively affect previously reported transactions. The adoption of new or revised accounting principles may 
require that we make significant changes to our systems, processes and controls. 

The U.S.-based Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) is currently working together with the International 
Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”)  on  several  projects  to  further  align  accounting  principles  and  facilitate  more 
comparable financial reporting between companies who are required to follow GAAP under SEC regulations and those who 
are required to follow International Financial Reporting Standards outside of the United States. These efforts by the FASB 
and IASB may result in different accounting principles under GAAP that may result in materially different financial results 
for us in areas including, but not limited to, principles for recognizing revenue and lease accounting. Additionally, significant 
changes to GAAP resulting from the FASB’s and IASB’s efforts may require that we change how we process, analyze and 
report financial information and that we change financial reporting controls. 

We are exposed to fluctuations in the market values of our investments 

Given the global nature of our business, we have investments both domestically and internationally. Credit ratings and 
market values of these investments can be negatively impacted by liquidity, credit deterioration or losses, financial results, 
foreign exchange rates, or other factors. As a result, the value or liquidity of our cash equivalents and marketable securities 
could decline, thus adversely affecting our financial condition and operating results. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The market for our Class A and Class B common stock is volatile 

Our stock price could become more volatile and investments could lose value. 

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  and  the  number  of  shares  of  each  class  traded  each  day  has  experienced 
significant fluctuations and may continue to fluctuate significantly. The market price for our common stock may be affected 
by a number of factors, including, but not limited to: 

• 

Shortfalls in our expected net revenue, earnings or key performance metrics; 

•  Changes in recommendations or estimates by securities analysts; 

•  The announcement of new products by us or our competitors; 

•  Quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations; 

•  A change in our dividend or stock repurchase activities; 

•  Developments in our industry or changes in the market for technology stocks; 

•  Changes in rules or regulations applicable to our business; and 

•  Other factors, including economic instability and changes in political or market conditions. 

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our charter documents could adversely impact the market for 
our common stock. 

Our dual-class stock structure could adversely impact the market for our stock. The liquidity of our common stock may 
be adversely impacted by our dual-class structure because each class has less of a public float than it would if we had a single 
class  of  common  stock.  In  addition,  there are  fewer  Class  B  shares  than  Class A  shares  and  Class B  shares  may  be  less 
desirable to the public due to the 20% higher dividend on Class A shares. Also, the holding of lower voting Class A common 
stock may not be permitted by the investment policies of certain institutional investors or may be less attractive to managers 
of certain institutional investors. 

If research analysts do not publish research about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our 
common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that research analysts publish 
about  us  and  our  business.  If  we  do  not  maintain  adequate  research  coverage,  or  if  one  or  more  analysts  who  covers  us 
downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock 
could  decline.  If  one  or  more  of  the  research  analysts  ceases  coverage  of  our  company  or  fails  to  publish  reports  on  us 
regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 

We are obligated to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis 
of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or this internal control may not be determined to be 
effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock. 

We are required, pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), to furnish a 
report  by  management  on,  among  other  things,  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  This 
assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control 
over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on our internal controls. 

While we were able to determine in our management’s report for fiscal 2017 that our internal control over financial 
reporting is effective, as well as provide an unqualified attestation report from our independent registered public accounting 
firm to that effect, we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing, and any required remediation in a timely fashion 
or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting in the future. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material 
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal 
year in which the material weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to attest to the 
effectiveness of our internal controls or determine we have a material weakness in our internal controls, we could lose investor 
confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause the price of our common stock to 
decline. 

If we are unable to pay quarterly dividends, our reputation and stock price may be harmed. 

Our payment of dividends may require the use of a significant portion of our cash earnings. As a result, we may not 
retain a sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations or finance future growth opportunities, new product development 
initiatives and unanticipated capital expenditures which could adversely affect our financial performance. Additionally, our 
board of directors may, at its discretion, decrease or entirely discontinue the payment of dividends at any time. Our ability to 
pay dividends will depend on our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future. This ability may be 
subject to certain economic, financial, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control. Any failure to pay dividends 
may negatively impact our reputation and investor confidence in us and may negatively impact the price of our common 
stock. 

Our common stock ownership is concentrated 

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our charter documents has the effect of concentrating voting 
control with certain stockholders, including Karl Lopker and Pamela Lopker, thus limiting our other stockholders’ ability to 
influence corporate matters. 

Our Class B common stock has one vote per share and our Class A common stock has 1/20th vote per share. Stockholders 
who hold shares of our Class B common stock together held approximately 80% of the voting power of our outstanding 
capital stock as of January 31, 2017. As of January 31, 2017, Karl Lopker and Pamela Lopker jointly and beneficially owned 
approximately 43% of the outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, representing approximately 65% of 
the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Currently they have sufficient voting control to determine the outcome of 
a stockholder vote concerning: 

• 

• 

• 

The election and removal of all members of our board of directors; 

The merger, consolidation or sale of the Company or all of our assets; and 

All other matters requiring stockholder approval, regardless of how our other stockholders vote their shares. 

In addition, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to be able to control all matters submitted 
to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common 
stock.  Because  of  the  20-to-1  voting  ratio  between  our  Class  B  and  Class  A  common  stock,  the  holders  of  our  Class  B 
common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock even when 
the shares of Class B common stock represent as little as 5% of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock. This 
concentrated control will limit the ability of our Class A stockholders to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, 
and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected. 

This concentrated control limits the ability of our other stockholders to influence corporate matters and also limits the 
liquidity of the shares owned by other stockholders. Should the interests of Karl Lopker and Pamela Lopker differ from those 
of other stockholders, the other stockholders may not be afforded the protections of having a majority of directors on the 
board who are independent from our principal stockholders or our management. For example, Karl Lopker’s and Pamela 
Lopker’s concentrated control could discourage others from initiating potential merger, takeover or other change of control 
transactions; and, transactions could be pursued that our other stockholders do not view as beneficial. As a result, the market 
price of our Class A and Class B common stock could be adversely affected. 

We are not required to comply with certain corporate governance rules of NASDAQ that would otherwise apply to us as a 
company listed on NASDAQ because we are a controlled company. 

Specifically, we are not required to have a majority of independent directors or a compensation committee comprised 
solely  of  independent  directors;  select,  or  recommend  for  the  board’s  selection,  director  nominees  by  a  majority  of 
independent directors or a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors; determine officer compensation 
by a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors or by a majority of the board upon recommendation 
of  a  compensation  committee  comprised  solely  of  independent  directors;  and  satisfy  certain  responsibilities  of  the 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
compensation committee prior to retaining or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor 
to the compensation committee. 

Provisions in the Company's charter documents or Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider 
favorable. 

Our  Certificate  of  Incorporation  contains  certain  other  provisions  that  may  have  an  “anti-takeover”  effect.  The 
Certificate  of  Incorporation  contains  authority  for  the  Board  to  issue  up  to  5,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  without 
stockholder approval. Although the Company has no present intention to issue any such shares, we could issue such shares 
in a manner that deters or seeks to prevent an unsolicited bid for us. The Certificate of Incorporation also does not provide 
for cumulative voting and, accordingly, a significant minority stockholder could not necessarily elect any designee to the 
board of directors. In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in 
control  of  us  by  imposing  certain  restrictions  on  various  business  combinations.  Furthermore,  our  dual  class  structure 
concentrates the voting power of our stock in a small group of stockholders who would have the ability to control the outcome 
of a stockholder vote. As a result of these provisions in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, including our dual class 
structure,  and  Delaware  law,  our  stockholders  may  be  deprived  of  an  opportunity  to  sell  their  shares  at  a  premium  over 
prevailing market prices and it would be more difficult to replace our directors and management. 

We are dependent upon highly skilled personnel 

Our performance depends on the talents and efforts of highly skilled employees, including the continued service of a 
relatively small number of key technical and senior management personnel. In particular, our Chairman of the Board and 
President,  Pamela  Lopker,  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Karl  Lopker,  are  critical  to  overall  management  of  QAD, 
maintenance of our culture and setting our strategic direction. All of our executive officers and key employees are at-will 
employees and we do not have key-person insurance covering any of our employees. Our future success depends on our 
continuing ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel in all areas of our organization. Competition for such personnel 
is intense and many of our competitors are larger and have greater financial resources for attracting skilled personnel. The 
loss of key technical and senior management personnel or the inability to attract and retain additional qualified personnel 
could have an adverse effect on our continued ability to compete effectively. 

We have hired personnel in countries where advanced technical expertise and other expertise are available at lower costs 
to improve our cost structure. We may experience increased competition for employees in these countries as the trend toward 
globalization continues, which may negatively affect our employee retention efforts and increase our expenses in an effort to 
offer a competitive compensation program. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

QAD’s corporate headquarters are located in Santa Barbara, California. The corporate headquarters are owned by QAD 

and consist of approximately 120,000 square feet situated on 28 acres of land. 

In addition to the corporate headquarters, QAD owns a facility in Dublin, Ireland and leases over 25 offices throughout 
the world with lease agreements ending on various dates through fiscal year 2026. QAD’s leased properties include offices 
in the United States, Belgium, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Poland, Spain, The Netherlands, United Kingdom, Australia, 
China, India, Japan, Singapore, Thailand, Brazil and Mexico. QAD will seek to review lease commitments in the future as 
may be required. QAD anticipates that its current domestic and international facilities are substantially sufficient to meet its 
needs for at least the next twelve months. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are not party to any material legal proceedings. We are from time to time party, either as plaintiff or defendant, to 
various legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these claims cannot 
be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the outcome of any of these legal matters will have a material 
adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

QAD common stock has been traded on the NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ”) since our initial public offering in 
August 1997 under the symbol “QADI” through December 14, 2010. On December 14, 2010, QAD shareholders approved 
a recapitalization plan pursuant to which the Company established two classes of common stock (the “Recapitalization”). 
Our  Class  A Common  Stock  and  Class  B  Common  Stock  are  traded on  the  NASDAQ under  the symbols  “QADA”  and 
“QADB”, respectively. The following table reflects the range of high and low sale prices of our Common Stock as reported 
by NASDAQ: 

QADA 

QADB 

   Low Price      High Price      Low Price       High Price   

Fiscal 2017: 

Fourth quarter ...........................................................................   $ 
Third quarter .............................................................................     
Second quarter ..........................................................................     
First quarter ..............................................................................     

22.90    $ 
18.88      
18.35      
17.11      

31.10    $ 
24.75      
20.53      
21.52      

19.90    $ 
17.05      
13.79      
14.67      

26.20  
21.68  
17.89  
17.85  

Fiscal 2016: 

Fourth quarter ...........................................................................    $ 
Third quarter .............................................................................      
Second quarter ..........................................................................      
First quarter ..............................................................................      

17.63    $
23.36      
22.17      
18.70      

27.04    $ 
27.56      
28.71      
25.99      

15.33    $
18.04      
19.50      
16.30      

23.27  
23.43  
23.17  
21.98  

QADA 

QADB 

   Low Price      High Price      Low Price      High Price   

Holders 

As  of  March  31,  2017,  there  were  approximately  208  shareholders  of  record  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  and 
approximately 178 shareholders of record of our Class B common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are 
held by brokers or other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders 
represented by the record holders. 

Dividends 

We declared four quarterly cash dividends in fiscal 2017 of $0.072 and $0.06 per share of Class A and Class B stock, 
respectively. Continuing quarterly cash dividends are subject to profitability measures, liquidity requirements of QAD and 
Board discretion. 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

None. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

None. 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
STOCKHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

The  line  graph  below  compares  the  annual  percentage  change  in  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  on  QAD’s 
common stock with the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Total Return Index and the NASDAQ Computer 
Index, on an annual basis, for the period beginning January 31, 2012 and ending January 31, 2017. 

The graph assumes that $100 was invested in QAD common stock on January 31, 2012 and that all dividends were 
reinvested.  Historic  stock  price  performance  has  been  restated  to  reflect  the  effect  of  the  Recapitalization  for  all  periods 
presented. Historic stock price performance should not be considered indicative of future stock price performance. 

The  following  Share  Performance  Graph  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  “filed”  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 
or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by 
reference into such filing. 

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 
AMONG QAD INC., THE NASDAQ COMPOSITE TOTAL RETURN INDEX, 
AND THE NASDAQ COMPUTER INDEX 

Measurement Periods 
(Annually from Fiscal 
Year 2012 through Fiscal Year 2017) 
01/31/12 .......................................................................................      
01/31/13 .......................................................................................      
01/31/14 .......................................................................................      
01/31/15 .......................................................................................      
01/31/16 .......................................................................................      
01/31/17 .......................................................................................      

   QADA 

NASDAQ 
Composite 
Total 
Return 
Index 

NASDAQ 
Computer 
Index 

     QADB 

100.00      
112.03      
150.66      
162.56      
157.45      
249.01      

100.00      
101.29      
130.93      
143.64      
134.45      
212.73      

100.00      
111.67      
145.85      
164.73      
163.97      
199.54      

100.00  
104.58  
133.94  
158.46  
165.59  
204.76  

28 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
ITEM 6.      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Years Ended January 31  

   2017 (1) 

     2016 (2) 

     2015 (3) 

2014  

2013 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA: 
Revenues: 
Subscription Fees .................................................   $
License fees ..........................................................     
Maintenance and other .........................................     
Professional services ............................................     
Total revenue ........................................................     
Operating income .................................................     
Net (loss) income .................................................   $
Basic net (loss) income per share: 
Class A .................................................................   $
Class B .................................................................   $
Diluted net (loss) income per share: 
Class A .................................................................   $
Class B .................................................................   $
Dividends declared per common share: 
Class A .................................................................   $
Class B .................................................................   $
BALANCE SHEET DATA: 
Cash and equivalents ............................................     
Working capital ....................................................     
Total assets  ..........................................................     
Current portion of long-term debt ........................     
Long-term debt .....................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity  ...................................     

52,167    $ 
23,633      
130,406      
71,767      
277,973      
3,364      
(15,450)   $ 

38,806    $
29,891      
132,962      
76,193      
277,852      
10,171      
8,912    $

28,217    $
40,917      
141,295      
84,672      
295,101      
15,985      
12,946    $

19,406    $
36,176      
139,557      
71,172      
266,311      
9,403      
6,386    $

14,838  
31,260  
138,563  
67,511  
252,172  
11,808  
6,639  

(0.84)   $ 
(0.70)   $ 

(0.84)   $ 
(0.70)   $ 

0.29    $ 
0.24    $ 

0.49    $
0.41    $

0.47    $
0.40    $

0.29    $
0.24    $

0.84    $
0.70    $

0.79    $
0.68    $

0.29    $
0.24    $

0.42    $
0.35    $

0.41    $
0.34    $

0.29    $
0.24    $

0.44  
0.37  

0.42  
0.35  

0.58  
0.48  

145,082      
80,351      
280,890      
446      
13,767      
112,686      

137,731      
86,791      
287,341      
422      
14,191      
128,006      

120,526      
69,757      
282,151      
406      
14,603      
110,565      

75,984      
20,644      
233,672      
389      
15,085      
63,064      

65,009  
10,276  
224,807  
372  
15,474  
57,057  

(1)  Fiscal year 2017 includes placement of a valuation allowance of $16.3 million against U.S. federal and state net

deferred tax assets.  

(2)  Fiscal year 2016 includes an issuance of 450,000 shares of class A common stock at $20.00 per share for net proceeds
to the company of $8.4 million after deduction of offering expenses as a result of an option to purchase additional
shares exercised in full by the underwriters related to the stock issuance described in note (3) below.  

(3)  Fiscal year 2015 includes an issuance of 2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock at $20.00 per share for net

proceeds to the Company of $37.0 million after deducting offering expenses. 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS 

INTRODUCTION 

The  following  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  to 

Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW 

QAD (“QAD”, the “Company”, “we” or “us”) is a global leader in cloud-based enterprise software solutions for global 
manufacturing companies across the automotive, life sciences, consumer products, food and beverage, high technology and 
industrial products industries. We offer global, full-featured, secure and flexible enterprise and supply chain solutions built 
for global manufacturing companies which can be delivered in the cloud, on premise or via a blended combination of certain 
sites  on  premise  and others  in  the  cloud.   Our  mission  is  to provide best-in-class  software  that  enables  our  customers  to 
operate as effective enterprises where their business processes are running at peak efficiency and are perfectly aligned to their 
strategic  goals.    Our  solutions,  called  QAD  Enterprise  Applications,  enable  measurement  and  control  of  key  business 
processes  and support operational  requirements,  including financials,  manufacturing, demand  and  supply  chain planning, 
customer  management,  business  intelligence,  business  process  management,  supply  chain  execution,  transportation 
management, service and support, enterprise asset management, analytics, enterprise quality management, interoperability, 
process and performance, and internationalization. We also focus on the foundation and technology of our applications, such 
as user interface and usability. 

We have four principal sources of revenue: 

•  Subscription of Enterprise Applications through our cloud offering in a Software as a Service (“SaaS”) model as well

as other hosted applications; 

•  License purchases of Enterprise Applications; 

•  Maintenance and support, including technical support, training materials, product enhancements and upgrades; 

•  Professional  services,  including  implementations,  technical  and  application  consulting,  training,  migrations  and

upgrades. 

We operate primarily in the following four geographic regions: North America, Latin America, EMEA and Asia Pacific. 
In fiscal 2017, approximately 47% of our total revenue was generated in North America, 30% in EMEA, 17% in Asia Pacific 
and 6% in Latin America. The majority of our revenue is generated from global customers who have operations in multiple 
countries throughout the world. Subscription, license and maintenance revenues are allocated to the region where the end 
user is located. Services revenue is assigned based on the region where the services are performed. A significant portion of 
our revenue and expenses are derived from international operations which are primarily conducted in foreign currencies. As 
a result, changes in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar have impacted our results of operations and may 
impact our future results of operations. At January 31, 2017, we employed approximately 1,710 employees worldwide, of 
which  620  employees  were  based  in  North  America,  530  employees  in  EMEA,  470  employees  in  Asia  Pacific  and  90 
employees in Latin America. 

Our  customer  base  and  our  target  markets  are  primarily  global  manufacturing  companies;  therefore,  our  results  are 
heavily influenced by the state of the manufacturing economy on a global basis. As a result, our management team monitors 
several economic indicators, with particular attention to the Global and Country Purchasing Managers’ Indexes (“PMI”). The 
PMI is a survey conducted on a monthly basis by polling businesses that represent the makeup of respective sectors. Since 
most of our customers are manufacturers, our revenue has historically correlated with fluctuations in the manufacturing PMI. 
Global macro economic trends and manufacturing spending are important barometers for our business, and the health of the 
U.S., Western European and Asian economies have a meaningful impact on our financial results. 

We are transitioning our business model from traditional perpetual licensing to cloud based subscription and we have 
seen an acceleration of customer preference for cloud based solutions. During fiscal 2017 we closed most of our new customer 
deals in the cloud. In addition, we converted many of our existing customers from on-premise licenses to our cloud based 
solution. Recurring revenue, which we define as subscription revenue plus maintenance revenue, accounted for 66% of total 
revenue for fiscal 2017, up from 62% one year ago. By reducing our customers’ up-front costs and providing more flexibility 

30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
in how customers gain access to and pay for our products, we expect our cloud business model will be more attractive to our 
customers than perpetual licenses. We anticipate this will increase our long-term revenue growth rate by increasing total 
subscriptions and customer value over time. As a result of our increased sales in the cloud, our license revenue is declining 
as a percentage of total revenue in comparison to prior years, a trend that we believe will continue. This is putting adverse 
pressure  on  short-term  profitability  as  we  invest  to  support  growth  of  our  cloud  business  and  our  sales  and  operational 
expenses are recognized ahead of revenue. 

FISCAL 2017 OPERATING RESULTS 

To provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed excluding the effect of foreign currency 
fluctuations,  we  compare  the  changes  in  results  from  one  period  to  another  period  using  constant  currency.  In  order  to 
calculate our constant currency results, we apply the current foreign currency exchange rates to the prior period results. In 
the tables below, we present the change based on actual results in reported currency and in constant currency (in thousands): 

Total revenue ............................................   $ 
Cost of revenue ........................................     
Gross profit ..............................................     
Operating expenses ..................................     
Income from operations ...........................   $ 

Change in 
Constant 
Currency      

Change due 
to Currency 
Fluctuations     

Year Ended 
January 31, 
2017 
277,973    $ 
130,851      
147,122      
143,758      
3,364    $ 

Year Ended 
January 31, 
2016 
277,852     $ 
126,562       
151,290       
141,119       
10,171     $ 

4,683    $ 
(5,702)     
(1,019)     
(4,398)     
(5,417)   $ 

Total 
Change as 
Reported     
121   
(4,289 ) 
(4,168 ) 
(2,639 ) 
(6,807 ) 

(4,562 )   $ 
1,413       
(3,149 )     
1,759       
(1,390 )   $ 

In  fiscal  2017,  our  total  revenue  was  adversely  impacted  by  the  strengthening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  relative  to  other 
currencies. Approximately 53% of our total revenue is generated outside the U.S. and we expect that a significant portion of 
our business will continue to be conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, particularly the euro. Total revenue for 
fiscal 2017 was relatively consistent in total, but included an adverse currency impact of $4.6 million. In constant currency, 
total revenue increased by $4.7 million, driven by higher subscription revenue from our cloud offering. The growth in our 
cloud revenue in fiscal 2017 offset declines in our license and professional services revenue as well as the overall negative 
impact of foreign exchange on our total revenue. Income from operations declined by $6.8 million, including an adverse 
currency impact of $1.4 million. In constant currency, income from operations declined by $5.4 million, primarily due to 
lower services margins and higher research and development spending to enhance our product functionality. 

Subscription Revenue. Subscription revenue consists of recurring fees from customers to access our products via the 
cloud and other subscription offerings. Our cloud offerings typically include access to QAD software, hosting, support and 
product updates, if and when available. Included in subscription revenue are the fees for transition services such as set up, 
configuration, database conversion and migration. Sales of QAD Enterprise Applications in the cloud represented over 85% 
of our total subscription revenue in fiscal 2017 and 2016. Our subscription revenue represented approximately 19% and 14% 
of our total revenue in fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our cloud customer retention rate is in excess of 90%. We track 
our retention rate of cloud and maintenance by calculating the annualized revenue of customer sites with contracts up for 
renewal during the period compared to the annualized revenue associated with the customer sites that have canceled during 
the period. The percentage of revenue not canceled is our retention rate.  

  On a constant currency basis, subscription revenue increased by $14.2 million, or 37%, in fiscal 2017 when compared 
to  the  prior  year.  Subscription  margin  was  48%  and  47%  for  the  fiscal  years  2017  and  2016,  respectively.  Given  the 
acceleration  of  our  cloud  business,  we  have  made  additional  investments  in  infrastructure  in  order  to  support  additional 
environments for our new customers. The revenue associated with these environments lags behind the cost, and as a result 
we experience margin pressure during periods of high growth. We expect subscription margins will improve over time, but 
quarterly fluctuations should be expected as we invest to support cloud growth. Growing our cloud solution and offering our 
products as SaaS continues to be a key strategic initiative for us. Subscription revenue is billed on a quarterly or annual basis 
and recognized ratably over the term of the agreement, typically 12 to 60 months.  

Our cloud customers include a mix of existing customers who have converted from our on-premise model and new 
customers who are implementing our cloud solution. New customers typically generate less revenue up front as compared to 
customers who are converting to cloud. New customers tend to increase the number of users as their sites go live over time. 
Existing customers are already using our product at the time of conversion to the cloud; therefore, a greater number of sites 
and users generally go live from the conversion date.  

31 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
License Revenue. License revenue is derived from software license fees that customers pay for our core product, QAD 
Enterprise Applications, and any add-on modules they purchase. In fiscal 2017, on a constant currency basis, license revenue 
decreased by $5.7 million, or 19%. During fiscal 2017 the number of license orders were lower when compared to the prior 
year. Our revenue mix has continued to shift significantly from license to subscription revenue as a result of our business 
model transition. We expect cloud revenue will continue to increase and license revenue will continue to decline. 

At times, our license revenue is impacted by deferrals. When we enter into a multi-element transaction with fixed fee 
services or when we sell licenses for additional users under a pricing model that does not satisfy vendor specific objective 
evidence (“VSOE”) requirements, we may be required to recognize license revenue ratably over the longer of the maintenance 
period  or  expected  services  implementation  timeframe  rather  than  recognizing  license  revenue  at  the  time  of  sale. 
Additionally,  if  at  the  time  of  the  license  sale  we  have  not  finalized  the  services  agreement,  we  will  defer  the  entire 
arrangement until the services agreement is signed. 

We expect new customers are more likely to subscribe to our cloud based products rather than purchasing perpetual 
licenses.  As  a  result,  we  believe  a  majority  of  our  license  revenue  will  be  generated  from  existing  customers  and  their 
affiliates. We anticipate that license revenue will decrease as existing customers elect to subscribe to QAD products in the 
cloud instead of purchasing licenses. 

Maintenance Revenue. We offer support services 24 hours a day, seven days a week in addition to providing software 
upgrades, which include additional or improved functionality, when and if available. In fiscal 2017, on a constant currency 
basis maintenance revenue was relatively flat when compared to fiscal 2016, despite our expectation of lower maintenance 
revenue as we convert more of our existing customers to the cloud. When customers convert to QAD Enterprise Applications 
in the cloud they no longer pay separately for maintenance as those support services are included as a component of the 
subscription offering. As our customers continue to embrace our cloud offerings we believe our maintenance revenue is likely 
to decline. 

Maintenance revenue fluctuations are influenced by: (1) new license revenue growth; (2) annual renewal of support 
contracts;  (3)  fluctuations  in  currency  rates;  (4)  adjustments  to  revenue  as  a  result  of  revenue  recognition  rules;  and  (5) 
customer conversions to the cloud. The vast majority of our customers renew their annual support contracts. Over the last 
three  years, our  annual  retention rate  of  customers  subscribing  to  maintenance  has been  greater  than 90%. We  track  our 
retention rate of cloud and maintenance by calculating the annualized revenue of customer sites with contracts up for renewal 
during the period compared to the annualized revenue associated with the customer sites that have canceled during the period. 
The percentage of revenue not canceled is our retention rate. Conversions to the cloud are not considered cancellations for 
purposes  of  the  maintenance  retention  rate  calculation.  Maintenance  revenue  is  generally  billed  on  an  annual  basis  and 
recognized ratably over the term of the agreement, typically twelve months. 

Professional Services Revenue. Our professional services business includes technical and application consulting and 
training, implementations, migrations and upgrades related to our solutions. In fiscal 2017, on a constant currency basis, 
professional services revenue decreased by $3.1 million, or 4%. A significant portion of our professional services revenue is 
generated from upgrade projects for existing customers. These projects are discretionary in nature and are affected by general 
economic  conditions  in  the  manufacturing  industry  and  our  customers'  businesses.  Consequently,  global  economic 
uncertainty can cause on-going projects to slow down, resulting in reduced monthly spend for our customers, while new 
projects can get delayed until conditions start to improve. We saw this effect in the first half of fiscal 2017 as several large 
engagements  were  delayed.  However,  during  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2017  our  professional  services  engagements 
replenished and services revenue increased in comparison to the first six months of fiscal 2017. As a result of these projects, 
we have put plans in place to add capacity through additional employees and partners in fiscal 2018. These hiring plans may 
impact our professional services margins in fiscal 2018.  

We manage our partners and subcontractors to supplement our internal resources, which provides us with the flexibility 
to contend with these fluctuations in demand and helps us mitigate low utilization rates in slow times. We believe this also 
helps us extend our global reach by keeping a higher number of partners engaged and knowledgeable about our products. 

Our  professional  services  organization  provides  our  customers  with  expertise  and  assistance  in  planning  and 
implementing  our  solutions  whether  in  the  cloud  or  on-premise.  Consultants  typically  assist  customers  with  the  initial 
installation of a system, the conversion and transfer of the customer’s historical data into our software, and ongoing training, 
education,  and  system  upgrades.  We  believe  our  professional  services  help  customers  implement  our  software  more 
efficiently, support a customer’s success with our solution, strengthen our customer relationships, and add to our industry-
specific knowledge base for use in future implementations and product innovations. Our professional services margins tend 
to range from about breakeven to 10%. We believe we offer competitive rates and view our professional services organization 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
as  a  department  supporting  the  implementation  and  deployment  of  our  products  which  improves  the  overall  customer 
experience. Professional services margins lower our overall operating margin as professional services margins are inherently 
lower than margins for our subscription, license and maintenance revenues. Professional services revenue may be impacted 
by currency fluctuations; however, since we generally use local resources our costs are also impacted by similar currency 
fluctuations, providing a natural hedge. As a result, our professional services margins have not been significantly impacted 
by currency fluctuations.  

Although our professional services are optional, many of our customers use these services for some of their planning, 
implementation, or related needs. Professional services are typically rendered under time and materials-based contracts with 
services typically billed on an hourly basis. Professional services are sometimes rendered under fixed-fee based contracts 
with payments due on specific dates or milestones. 

Professional services revenue growth is contingent upon subscription and license revenue growth and customer upgrade 
cycles, which are influenced by the strength of general economic and business conditions and the competitive position of our 
software products. Our professional services business has competitive exposure to offshore providers which could create the 
risk of pricing pressure, fewer customer orders and reduced gross margins. 

Cash Flow and Financial Condition. In fiscal 2017, we generated cash flow from operating activities of $18.7 million. 
Our cash and equivalents at January 31, 2017 totaled $145.1 million, with all of the $14.2 million of debt on our balance 
sheet related to the mortgage of our headquarters. Our primary uses of cash have been funding investment in research and 
development and funding operations to drive revenue and earnings growth. In addition, we use cash for acquisitions, dividend 
payments, share repurchase programs and other equity-related transactions. 

In  fiscal  2018,  we  anticipate  that  our  priorities  for  use  of  cash  will  be  developing  sales  and  services  resources  and 
continued investment in research and development to drive and support growth and profitability. We will continue to evaluate 
acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our product footprint, solutions delivery and technology direction. We 
will  also  continue  to  assess  share  repurchases  and  dividend  payments.  We  do  not  anticipate  additional  borrowing 
requirements in fiscal 2018. 

Seasonal Nature of Deferred Revenue, Accounts Receivable and Operating Cash Flow. Deferred revenue primarily 
consists of billings to customers for maintenance and subscription. When renewing maintenance we generally invoice our 
customers in annual cycles and when renewing subscription we generally invoice our customers quarterly or annually. We 
typically issue renewal invoices in advance of the renewal period. Depending on timing, the initial invoice and the subsequent 
renewal invoice may occur in different quarters. This may result in an increase in deferred revenue and accounts receivable. 
There is a disproportionate weighting towards annual billings in the fourth quarter, primarily as a result of large enterprise 
account buying patterns. Our fourth quarter has historically been our strongest quarter for new business and renewals. The 
year on year compounding effect of this seasonality in both billing patterns and overall new and renewal business causes the 
value of invoices that we generate in the fourth quarter for both new business and renewals to increase as a proportion of our 
total annual billings.  

33 

    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The sequential quarterly changes in accounts receivable, related deferred revenue and operating cash flow during the 
first three quarters of our fiscal year are not necessarily indicative of the billing activity that occurs in the fourth quarter as 
displayed below (in thousands): 

January 31, 
2017 

October 31, 
2016 

July 31, 
2016 

April 30, 
2016 

Fiscal 2017 
Accounts receivable, net ............................    $ 
Deferred revenue, current ...........................      
Operating cash flow (1) ..............................      

69,441      $ 
104,125        
13,209        

39,100      $ 
73,982        
3,451        

45,468      $ 
85,268        
663        

44,829  
92,640  
1,357  

January 31, 
2016 

October 31, 
2015 

July 31, 
2015 

April 30, 
2015 

Fiscal 2016 
Accounts receivable, net ............................    $ 
Deferred revenue, current ...........................      
Operating cash flow (1) ..............................      

65,512      $ 
97,911        
13,892        

41,233      $ 
69,616        
(70)      

45,957      $ 
82,505        
5,748        

51,222  
91,408  
4,487  

January 31, 
2015 

October 31, 
2014 

July 31, 
2014 

April 30, 
2014 

Fiscal 2015 
Accounts receivable, net ............................    $ 
Deferred revenue, current ...........................      
Operating cash flow (1) ..............................      

78,887      $ 
102,721        
18,932        

46,432      $ 
72,703        
(567)      

52,662      $ 
88,780        
2,277        

51,398  
97,283  
3,321  

(1)  Operating  cash  flow  represents  net  cash provided by (used  in) operating activities  for  the  three  months  ended  in  the

periods stated above. 

Backlog 

We define backlog as the contract amount which has not been invoiced. When we enter into multiple-year contracts it is 
common to invoice an initial amount at contract signing followed by subsequent quarterly or annual invoices. At any point 
in the contract term, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these 
amounts  are  invoiced,  they  are  not  recorded  in  revenue,  unearned  revenue  or  elsewhere  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements. To the extent future invoicing is determined to be certain, we consider those future invoices to be non-cancelable 
backlog. Future invoicing is determined to be certain when we have a fully executed non-cancelable contract and invoicing 
is not dependent on a future event such as customer funding or the delivery of a specific product or feature. 

Subscription backlog 

       We generally sign multiple-year subscription contracts but invoice quarterly or annually. The timing of our invoices to 
each customer is a negotiated term and varies among our subscription contracts. The amount of non-cancelable subscription 
contract backlog was $73.2 million as of January 31, 2017. 

Maintenance backlog 

Maintenance  backlog  consists  of  maintenance  contracts  for  licenses  of  our  proprietary  software  that  has  not  been 
invoiced. Typical maintenance contracts are for a one-year term and are renewed annually. At times, we contractually renew 
for multiple years or invoice an annual contract on a quarterly basis. Accordingly, we have historically operated with little 
maintenance backlog. Maintenance backlog at January 31, 2017 was $23.5 million. 

We expect that the amount of subscription and maintenance backlog relative to the total value of our contracts will 
change from year to year due to several factors, including the amount invoiced early in the contract term, the timing and 
duration of customer agreements, varying invoicing cycles, the timing of customer renewals, changes in customer financial 
circumstances  and  foreign  currency  fluctuations.  Accordingly,  we  believe  that  fluctuations  in  backlog  are  not  always  a 
reliable indicator of future revenues and we do not utilize backlog as a key management metric internally. 

34 

  
  
  
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
           
  
 
  
  
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
           
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
           
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The  SEC  defines  “critical  accounting  policies”  as  those  that  require  application  of  management’s  most  difficult, 
subjective, or complex judgments. These policies often require us to make estimates about the effects of matters that are 
inherently uncertain and are subject to change in subsequent periods. 

We consider the following policies to be critical because of the significance of these items to our operating results and 

the estimation processes and management judgment involved in each: 

●  Revenue 

●  Accounts receivable allowances for doubtful accounts 

●  Capitalized software development costs 

●  Goodwill and intangible assets – impairment assessments 

●  Valuation of deferred tax assets and tax contingency reserves 

● 

Stock-based compensation 

Our senior management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures. Historically, estimates 
described in our critical accounting policies that have required significant judgment and estimation on the part of management 
have been reasonably accurate. 

Revenue. We offer our software using two models, a traditional on-premise licensing model and a cloud delivery model. 
The traditional model involves the sale or license of software on a perpetual basis to customers who take possession of the 
software and install and maintain the software on their own hardware. Under the cloud delivery model we provide access to 
our software on a hosted basis as a service and customers generally do not have the contractual right to take possession of 
the software. 

Revenue is recognized when 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists 2) delivery has occurred or services have 
been rendered 3) fees are fixed or determinable and 4) collectability is probable. If we determine that any of the four criteria 
is not met, we will defer recognition of revenue until all the criteria are met. 

Revenue is presented net of sales, use and value-added taxes collected from our customers. 

Software Revenue Recognition (On-Premise Model) 

The majority of our software is sold or licensed in multiple-element arrangements that include support services and often 
consulting services or other elements. Delivery of software is considered to have occurred upon electronic transfer of the 
license key that provides immediate availability of the product to the purchaser. Determining whether and when some of the 
above  noted  revenue  recognition  criteria  have  been  satisfied  often  involves  assumptions  and  judgments  that  can  have  a 
significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue we report. Our typical payment terms vary by region. Occasionally, 
payment  terms  of  up  to  one  year  may  be  granted  for  software  license  fees  to  customers  with  an  established  history  of 
collections without concessions.  

Provided  all  other  revenue  recognition  criteria  have  been  met,  we  recognize  license  revenue  on  delivery  using  the 
residual method when VSOE exists for all of the undelivered elements (for example, support services, consulting, or other 
services) in the arrangement. We allocate revenue to each undelivered element based on VSOE, which is the price charged 
when that element is sold separately or, for elements not yet sold separately, the price established by our management if it is 
probable that the price will not change before the element is sold separately. We allocate revenue to undelivered support 
services (maintenance) based on rates charged to renew the support services annually after an initial period. We allocate 
revenue to undelivered consulting services based on time and materials rates of stand-alone services engagements by role 
and by country. We review VSOE at least annually. If we were to be unable to establish or maintain VSOE for one or more 
undelivered  elements  within  a  multiple-element  software  arrangement,  it  could  adversely  impact  revenues,  results  of 
operations and financial position because we may have to defer all or a portion of the revenue or recognize revenue ratably. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Multiple-element software arrangements for which VSOE does not exist for all undelivered elements typically occur 
when we introduce a new product or product bundles for which we have not established VSOE for support services or fixed 
fee consulting or other services. In these instances, revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the longer of the support 
services (maintenance period) or consulting services engagement, assuming there are no specified future deliverables. In the 
instances in which it has been determined that revenue on these bundled arrangements will be recognized ratably due to lack 
of  VSOE,  at  the  time  of  recognition,  we  allocate  revenue  from  these  bundled  arrangement  fees  to  all  of  the  non-license 
revenue categories based on VSOE of similar support services or consulting services. The remaining arrangement fees, if 
any, are then allocated to software license fee revenues. The associated costs primarily consist of payroll and related costs to 
perform both the consulting services and provide support services and royalty expense related to the license and maintenance 
revenue. These costs are expensed as incurred and included in cost of maintenance, subscription and other revenue, cost of 
professional services and cost of license fees. 

Revenue from support services and product updates, referred to as maintenance revenue, is recognized ratably over the 
term of the maintenance period, which in most instances is one year. Software license updates provide customers with rights 
to unspecified software product updates, maintenance releases and patches released during the term of the support period on 
a when-and-if available basis. Product support includes Internet access to technical content, as well as Internet and telephone 
access to technical support personnel. Our customers generally purchase both product support and license updates when they 
acquire new software licenses. In addition, a majority of customers renew their support services contracts annually. 

We  occasionally  resell  third  party  systems  as  part  of  an  end-to-end  solution  requested  by  our  customers.  Hardware 
revenue is recognized on a gross basis in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 605-45, Revenue Recognition – 
Principal Agent Considerations. We consider delivery to occur when the product is shipped and title and risk of loss have 
passed to the customer. 

We execute arrangements through indirect sales channels via sales agents and distributors who are authorized to market 
our software products to end users. In arrangements with sales agents, revenue is recognized on a sell-through basis once an 
order is received from the end user, collectability from the end user is probable, a signed license agreement from the end user 
has been received, delivery has been made to the end user and all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Sales 
agents are compensated on a commission basis. Distributor arrangements are those in which the resellers are authorized to 
market and distribute our software products to end users in specified territories and the distributor bears the risk of collection 
from the end user customer. We recognize revenue from transactions with distributors when the distributor submits a written 
purchase  commitment,  collectability  from  the  distributor  is  probable,  a  signed  license  agreement  is  received  from  the 
distributor and delivery has occurred to the distributor, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. 
Revenue from distributor transactions is recorded on a net basis (the amount actually received by us from the distributor). 
We do not offer rights of return, product rotation or price protection to any of our distributors. 

Subscription Revenue Recognition 

We recognize the following fees in subscription revenue: i) subscription fees from customers accessing our cloud and 
our  other  subscription  offerings,  ii)  transition  fees  for  services  such  as  set  up,  configuration,  database  conversion  and 
migration, and iii) support fees on hosted products. Our subscription arrangements do not generally provide customers with 
the right to take possession of the subscribed software. 

Subscription  revenue  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  initial  subscription  period  committed  to  by  the  customer 
commencing when the customer has been given access to the cloud environment. Transition fees are recognized over the 
estimated life of the customer relationship once the customer has gone live. The initial subscription period is typically 12 to 
60  months.  Our  subscription  services  are  non-cancelable,  though  customers  typically  have  the  right  to  terminate  their 
contracts if we materially fail to perform. We generally invoice our customers in advance in quarterly or annual installments 
and typical payment terms provide that customers pay us within 30 days of invoice. 

We may enter into multiple-element arrangements that may include a combination of our subscription offering and other 
professional services or arrangements that may include both software and non-software elements. We allocate revenue to 
each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy in accordance with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - 
Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement as separate 
units of accounting, the deliverables must have standalone value upon delivery. We evaluate each element in a multiple-
element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit 
of accounting when the item has standalone value and delivery of any undelivered elements is probable and within our control. 
Subscription and support services have standalone value because they are routinely sold separately by us. Consulting services 
and other services have standalone value because we have sold consulting services separately and there are several third party 

36 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
vendors that routinely provide similar consulting services to our customers on a standalone basis. We determine the relative 
selling price for a deliverable based on its VSOE, if available, or Estimated Selling Price (“ESP”), if VSOE is not available. 
We have determined that third-party evidence (“TPE”) is not a practical alternative due to differences in our service offerings 
compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. The determination for ESP is made 
through consultation with and approval by management taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. As our go-to-
market strategies evolve, there may be modifications of pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in both 
VSOE and ESP. 

For multiple-element arrangements that may include a combination of our subscription offerings and other professional 
services,  the  total  arrangement  fee  is  allocated  to  each  element  based  on  the  VSOE  /  ESP  value  of  each  element.  After 
allocation, the revenue associated with the subscription offering and other professional services are recognized as described 
above. 

Professional Services  

Revenue from consulting services, which we call professional services in the Consolidated Statements of Income and 
Comprehensive Income, are typically comprised of implementation, development, training or other consulting services sold 
along  with  on-premise  and  cloud.  Consulting  services  are  generally  sold  on  a  time-and-materials  basis  and  can  include 
services ranging from software installation to data conversion and building non-complex interfaces to allow the software to 
operate in integrated environments. We recognize revenue for time-and-materials as the service is performed or upon written 
acceptance from customers, if applicable, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Consulting 
engagements can range anywhere from one day to many months and are based strictly on the customer’s requirements and 
complexities and are independent of the functionality of our software. Our software, as delivered, can generally be used by 
the customer for the customer’s purpose upon installation. Further, implementation and integration services provided are 
generally not essential to the functionality of the software, as delivered, and do not result in any material changes to the 
underlying  software  code.  On  occasion,  we  enter  into  fixed  fee  arrangements  in  which  customer  payments  are  tied  to 
achievement of specific milestones. In fixed fee arrangements, revenue is recognized as services are performed as measured 
by costs incurred to date, as compared to total estimated costs to be incurred to complete the work. In milestone achievement 
arrangements, we recognize revenue as the respective milestones are achieved. 

Allowance for Bad Debt. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. We 
review  the  collectability  of  our  accounts  receivable  each  period  by  analyzing  balances  based  on  age  and  record  specific 
allowances for any balances that we determine may not be fully collectible due to inability of the customers to pay. We also 
provide for a general reserve based on historical data including analysis of write-offs and other known factors. Provisions to 
the allowance for bad debt are included as bad debt expense in “General and Administrative” expense. Judgment is required 
in  adjusting  our  receivables  to  amounts  we  believe  are  realizable,  especially  when  a  customer  is  experiencing  financial 
difficulty  or  is  in  bankruptcy.  Although  we  use  the  best  information  available  in  making  our  estimates,  we  may  incur 
additional bad debt expense in future periods which could have a material effect on earnings in any given quarter should 
additional  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  be  necessary.  The  determination  to  write-off  specific  accounts  receivable 
balances is made based on likelihood of collection and past due status. Past due status is based on invoice date and terms 
specific to each customer. 

Allowance for Sales Adjustments. We do not generally provide a contractual right of return; however, in the course of 
business  we  have  occasionally  allowed  sales  adjustments  related  to  customer  dispute  resolution.  We  record  a  provision 
against  revenue  for  estimated  sales  adjustments  in  the  same  period  the  related  revenues  are  recorded  or  when  current 
information  indicates  additional  amounts  are  required.  These  estimates  are  based  on  historical  experience,  specifically 
identified customers and other known factors. Although we use the best information available in making our estimates, we 
may incur additional provisions against revenue in future periods which could have a material effect on earnings in any given 
quarter should additional allowances for sales adjustments be necessary. 

The  accounts  receivable  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  comprised  of  both  the  allowance  for  bad  debts  and  the 

allowance for sales adjustments. 

Capitalized  Software  Development  Costs.  We  capitalize  software  development  costs  incurred  once  technological 
feasibility  has  been  achieved  in  the  form  of  a  working  model.  These  costs  are  primarily  related  to  the  localization  and 
translation of our products. A working model is defined as an operative version of the computer software product that is 
completed in the same software language as the product to be ultimately marketed, performs all the major functions planned 
for the product and is ready for initial customer testing. We also capitalize software purchased from third parties or through 
business combinations as acquired software technology if such software has reached technological feasibility. Capitalized 

37 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
software  costs  are  amortized  on  a  product-by-product  basis  and  charged  to  “Cost  of  license  fees.”  The  amortization  of 
capitalized software costs is the greater of the straight-line basis over three years, the expected useful life, or computed using 
a ratio of current revenue for a product compared to the estimated total of current and future revenues for that product. We 
periodically  compare  the  unamortized  capitalized  software  costs  to  the  estimated  net  realizable  value  of  the  associated 
product.  The  amount  by  which  the  unamortized  capitalized  software  costs  of  a  particular  software  product  exceed  the 
estimated net realizable value of that asset is reported as a charge to the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive 
income.  This  review  requires  management  judgment  regarding  future  cash  flows.  If  these  estimates  or  their  related 
assumptions require updating in the future, we may incur substantial losses due to the write-down or write-off of these assets. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets – Impairment Assessments. When we acquire a business, a portion of the purchase 
consideration  is  typically  allocated  to  acquired  technology  and  other  identifiable  intangible  assets,  such  as  customer 
relationships and developed technology. The excess of the purchase consideration over the net of the acquisition-date fair 
value  of  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  is  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  amounts  allocated  to  acquired 
technology and other intangible assets represent our estimates of their fair values at the acquisition date. We amortize the 
acquired  technology  and  other  intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.  The  estimation  of 
acquisition-date  fair  values  of  intangible  assets  and  their  useful  lives  requires  us  to  make  assumptions  and  judgments, 
including but not limited to an evaluation of macroeconomic conditions as they relate to our business, industry and market 
trends, projections of future cash flows and appropriate discount rates. 

We  review  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  using  the  methodology  prescribed  in  FASB  Accounting  Standards 
Codification 350 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. We test goodwill for impairment annually in our fourth fiscal quarter or 
sooner  should  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  potential  impairment  as  required  under  Accounting  Standard 
Update No. 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”). ASU 2011-08 provides for an optional assessment 
of qualitative factors of impairment (“optional assessment”) prior to necessitating a two-step quantitative impairment test. 
Should  the  optional  assessment  be  utilized  for  any  given  fiscal  year,  qualitative  factors  to  consider  include  cost  factors; 
financial performance; legal, regulatory, contractual, political, business, or other factors; entity specific factors; industry and 
market considerations; macroeconomic conditions; and other relevant events and factors affecting the reporting unit. If, after 
assessing the totality of events or circumstances, it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater 
than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. 

Under  the  two-step  quantitative  impairment  test,  we  use  discounted  cash  flow  models  which  include  assumptions 
regarding  projected  cash  flows.  Variances  in  these  assumptions  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  conclusion  as  to 
whether goodwill is impaired, or the amount of any impairment charge. Impairment charges, if any, result from instances 
where  the  fair  values  of  net  assets  associated  with  goodwill  are  less  than  their  carrying  values.  As  changes  in  business 
conditions and our assumptions occur, we may be required to record impairment charges. 

Management evaluates the Company as a single reporting unit for business and operating purposes as almost all of our 
revenue streams are generated by the same underlying technology whether acquired, purchased or developed. In addition, the 
majority of our costs are, by their nature, shared costs that are not specifically identifiable to a geography or product line but 
relate to almost all products. As a result, there is a high degree of interdependency among our revenues and cash flows for 
levels below the consolidated entity and identifiable cash flows for a reporting unit separate from the consolidated entity are 
not meaningful. 

For our annual impairment assessment in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 we did not utilize the optional assessment. An 
impairment analysis was performed at the enterprise level which compared our market capitalization to our net assets as of 
the test date, November 30. As our market capitalization substantially exceeded our net assets, there was no indication of 
goodwill impairment for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

We make judgments about the recoverability of purchased finite lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Each fiscal year we evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of 
purchased intangible assets and whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of 
amortization. Recoverability of finite lived intangible assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset 
to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. 

Assumptions  and  estimates  about future values  and  remaining useful  lives  of our  intangible  assets  are  complex  and 
subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends and 
internal  factors  such  as  changes  in  our  business  strategy  and  our  internal  forecasts.  Although  we  believe  the  historical 
assumptions  and  estimates  we  have  made  are  reasonable  and  appropriate,  different  assumptions  and  estimates  could 

38 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
materially impact our reported financial results. We did not recognize any intangible asset impairment charges in fiscal 2017, 
2016 and 2015. 

Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets. The carrying value of our deferred tax assets reflects an amount that is more likely 
than not to be realized. At January 31, 2017, we had $7.9 million of deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances and 
uncertain tax positions, consisting of $38.7 million of gross deferred tax assets offset by valuation allowances of $29.9 million 
and uncertain tax positions of $0.9 million. In assessing the likelihood of realizing tax benefits associated with deferred tax 
assets and the need for a valuation allowance we consider the weight of all available evidence both positive and negative 
including expected future taxable income and tax planning strategies that are both prudent and feasible. For the U.S. federal 
jurisdiction, the positive evidence was outweighed by the U.S. three-year cumulative loss, a fiscal 2018 projected loss for the 
U.S. federal jurisdiction, and future dedicated investment necessary to transition the U.S. business to cloud. Management 
concluded that the weight of this negative evidence warranted placing a full valuation allowance on all its U.S. federal net 
deferred tax assets. The majority of QAD’s state deferred tax assets are California research and development tax credits. This 
jurisdiction was analyzed separately because QAD’s California return is filed on a worldwide basis. A significant decrease 
in  current  and  forecast  income  both  within  and  outside  the  US,  along  with  a  recent,  significant  drop  in  the  California 
apportionment percentage, led management to conclude that a full valuation allowance on QAD’s state deferred tax assets 
was also necessary. In total, a full valuation allowance of $16.3 million was placed against QAD’s U.S. federal and state net 
deferred tax assets. Worldwide there was a net increase of valuation allowances recorded in fiscal 2017 of $16.4 million. 
QAD adopted ASU 2013-11 during the first quarter of fiscal year 2015. This standard requires the netting of unrecognized 
tax benefits against deferred tax assets for a loss or credit that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax position. During 
fiscal year 2017, we also adopted ASU 2015-17 which requires us to classify all of our deferred tax assets/liabilities as non-
current. 

Tax Contingency Reserves. We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and in various foreign jurisdictions. Significant 
judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax position. In the ordinary course of a global business, there are 
transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Our estimate of the potential outcome for any 
uncertain tax position requires judgment. For tax related contingencies, we account for uncertain tax positions based on a 
two-step approach: recognition and measurement. We recognize a tax position when we determine that it is more likely than 
not that the position will be sustained upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant 
information.  For  those  positions  that  do  not  meet  the  recognition  threshold,  no  tax  benefit  is  recognized  in  the  financial 
statements. For those tax positions that meet the recognition threshold, we measure the tax position as the largest amount of 
benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We record interest and penalties 
related to income tax liabilities as income tax expense. We have reserves to address tax positions that could be challenged by 
taxing  authorities,  even  though  we  believe  that  the  positions  taken  are  appropriate.  Our  tax  reserves  are  reviewed  on  a 
quarterly basis and adjusted as events occur that could affect our liability. 

Stock-Based Compensation. We account for share-based payments (“equity awards”) to employees in accordance with 
ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires that share-based payments (to the extent they 
are compensatory) be recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income based on their fair 
values as measured at the grant date. The fair value of an equity award is recognized as stock-based compensation expense 
ratably over the vesting period of the equity award. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires 
judgment and the fair value per share of historical grants of equity awards may not be indicative of the fair value per share 
for future grants of equity awards. 

Fair Value of SARs 

The fair value of stock-settled stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) is determined on the grant date of the award using the 
Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. One of the inputs to the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model is the fair market 
value on the date of the grant. As our stock price fluctuates, so does the fair value of our future SAR grants. Judgment is 
required  in  determining  the  remaining  inputs  to  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  valuation  model.  Furthermore,  the  values 
underlying these inputs fluctuate, which impacts the fair value of our future SAR grants. These inputs include the expected 
life, volatility, the risk-free interest rate and the dividend rate. The following describes our policies with respect to determining 
these valuation inputs: 

Expected Life – The expected life valuation input includes a computation that is based on historical vested SAR exercises 
and  post-vest  expiration  patterns  and  an  estimate  of  the  expected  life  for  SARs  that  were  fully  vested  and  outstanding. 
Furthermore, based on our historical pattern of SAR exercises and post-vest expiration patterns we determined that there are 
two discernible populations, which include QAD’s directors and officers and all other QAD employees. The estimate of the 
expected life for SARs that were fully vested and outstanding was determined as the midpoint of a range as follows: the low 

39 

  
  
  
   
  
  
end of the range assumes the fully vested and outstanding SARs are exercised or expire unexercised on the evaluation date 
and the high end of the range assumes that these SARs are exercised or expire unexercised upon contractual term. 

Volatility – The volatility valuation input is based on the historical volatility of our common stock, which we believe is 

representative of the expected volatility over the expected life of options and SARs. 

Risk Free Interest Rate – The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the time 

of grant for the expected term of the SAR. 

Dividend Rate – The dividend rate is based on our historical dividend payments per share. Historically, have we paid 

quarterly dividends at a rate of $0.072 per share of Class A common stock and $0.060 per share of Class B common stock. 

Fair Value of RSUs 

The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is determined on the grant date of the award as the market price of our 
common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends foregone during the vesting period. 
As our stock price fluctuates, so does the fair value of our future RSU grants. Judgment is required in determining the present 
value of estimated dividends foregone during the vesting period. We estimate the dividends for purposes of this calculation 
based on our historical dividend payments per share, which has remained consistent over the last three years.  

We record deferred tax assets for equity awards that result in deductions on our income tax returns, based on the amount 
of stock-based compensation recognized and the fair values attributable to the vested portion of those equity awards. Because 
the  deferred  tax  assets  we  record  are  based  upon  the  stock-based  compensation  expenses  in  a  particular  jurisdiction,  the 
aforementioned inputs that affect the fair values of our equity awards may also indirectly affect our income tax expense. If 
the tax deduction is less than the deferred tax asset, the calculated shortfall would increase our income tax expense. If the tax 
deduction is more than the deferred tax asset, the calculated windfall would decrease our income tax expense. 

We  elected  to  early  adopt  the  new  guidance  provided  by  ASU  2016-09,  Improvements  to  Employee  Share-Based 
Payment Accounting in the third quarter of fiscal year 2017. At adoption, we elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. 

To the extent we change the terms of our employee stock-based compensation programs or experience fluctuations in 
the  underlying  criteria  used  to  determine  our  equity  award  valuations,  among  other  potential  impacts,  the  stock-based 
compensation expense that we record in future periods and the tax benefits that we realize may differ significantly from what 
we have recorded in previous reporting periods. 

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS 

For a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated 
effects  on  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition,  see  Note  1  “Summary  of  Business  and  Significant  Accounting 
Policies” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

We operate in several geographical regions as described in Note 12 “Business Segment Information” within the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements. In order to present our results of operations without the effects of changes in foreign 
currency exchange rates, we provide certain financial information on a “constant currency basis”, which is in addition to the 
actual financial information presented in the following tables. In order to calculate our constant currency results, we apply 
the current foreign currency exchange rates to the prior period results. 

40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Revenue 

(in thousands)  
Revenue 
Subscription fees ...............................   $ 
Percentage of total revenue ...............     
License fees.......................................     
Percentage of total revenue ...............     
Maintenance and other ......................     
Percentage of total revenue ...............     
Professional services .........................     
Percentage of total revenue ...............     
Total revenue ....................................   $ 

(in thousands)  
Revenue 
Subscription fees ...............................   $ 
Percentage of total revenue ...............     
License fees.......................................     
Percentage of total revenue ...............     
Maintenance and other ......................     
Percentage of total revenue ...............     
Professional services .........................     
Percentage of total revenue ...............     
Total revenue ....................................   $ 

Change due 
   Year Ended 
to Currency      
  January 31, 2017      January 31, 2016      Currency     Fluctuations     

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

52,167     $ 
19%     
23,633       
8%     
130,406       
47%     
71,767       
26%     
277,973     $ 

38,806     $ 
14%     
29,891       
11%     
132,962       
48%     
76,193       
27%     
277,852     $ 

14,155     $ 

(794 )   $  13,361      

34% 

(5,677 )     

(581 )     

(6,258)     

-21% 

(660 )     

(1,896 )     

(2,556)     

(3,135 )     

(1,291 )     

(4,426)     

4,683     $ 

(4,562 )   $ 

121      

-2% 

-6% 

0% 

Change due 
   Year Ended 
to Currency     
  January 31, 2016      January 31, 2015      Currency     Fluctuations     

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

38,806     $ 
14%     
29,891       
11%     
132,962       
48%     
76,193       
27%     
277,852     $ 

28,217     $ 
9%     
40,917       
14%     
141,295       
48%     
84,672       
29%     
295,101     $ 

11,533     $ 

(944 )   $  10,589      

38% 

(8,487 )     

(2,539 )      (11,026)     

-27% 

1,411       

(9,744 )     

(8,333)     

-6% 

(1,788 )     

(6,691 )     

(8,479)     

-10% 

2,669     $ 

(19,918 )   $  (17,249)     

-6% 

Total Revenue. On a constant currency basis, total revenue was $278.0 million and $273.3 million for fiscal 2017 and 
2016, representing a $4.7 million, or 2%, increase from the prior year. When comparing categories within total revenue at 
constant rates, our results for fiscal 2017 included an increase in subscription revenue partially offset by decreases in license 
fees and professional services revenue. Maintenance and other revenue was generally flat on a constant currency basis. Our 
customers are widely dispersed and no single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue in any of the last three 
fiscal years. Revenue outside the North America region as a percentage of total revenue was 53% and 54% for fiscal 2017 
and 2016, respectively. On a constant currency basis, total revenue increased in our North America, Latin America and Asia 
Pacific regions and was flat in our EMEA region during fiscal 2017 when compared to the same period last year. Our products 
are sold to manufacturing companies that operate mainly in the following six industries: automotive, consumer products, 
food and beverage, high technology, industrial products and life sciences. Given the similarities between consumer products 
and  food  and  beverage  as  well  as  between  high  technology  and  industrial  products,  we  aggregate  them  for  management 
review. The following table presents revenue by industry for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015:  

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

Automotive ........................................................................................     
Consumer products and food and beverage .......................................     
High technology and industrial products ...........................................     
Life sciences ......................................................................................     
Total revenue .....................................................................................     

35%    
16%    
33%    
16%    
100%    

32 %    
21 %    
33 %    
14 %    
100 %    

30 %
21 %
33 %
16 %
100 %

On a constant currency basis, total revenue was $277.9 million and $275.2 million for fiscal 2016 and 2015, representing 
a $2.7 million, or 1%, increase from the prior year. When comparing categories within total revenue at constant rates, our 
results for fiscal 2016 included increases in subscription and maintenance revenue and decreases in license and professional 
services revenue. Revenue outside the North America region as a percentage of total revenue was 54% and 56% for fiscal 
2016 and 2015, respectively. On a constant currency basis, total revenue increased in our Latin America and Asia Pacific 
regions and decreased in our North America and EMEA regions during fiscal 2016 when compared to the prior year.  

Subscription Revenue. On a constant currency basis, subscription revenue was $52.2 million and $38.0 million for fiscal 
2017 and 2016, respectively, representing a $14.2 million, or 37%, increase from the prior year. On a constant currency basis, 
subscription  revenue  increased  across  all  regions  during  fiscal  2017  when  compared  to  the  prior  year.  The  increase  in 

41 

  
  
     
  
  
       
          
         
        
        
        
  
        
        
       
   
        
        
       
   
        
        
       
   
        
        
       
   
  
  
     
  
  
       
          
         
        
        
        
  
        
        
       
   
        
        
       
   
        
        
       
   
        
        
       
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
   
  
subscription revenue was primarily due to sales of QAD Enterprise Applications in the cloud, which represented over 85% 
of  total  subscription  revenue  in  fiscal  2017  and  2016.  Cloud  revenue  consists  of  new  customer  sites;  existing  Enterprise 
Applications users converting from on-premise; and additional users and modules purchased by our existing cloud customers. 
Approximately half of our cloud revenue comes from existing customers converting Enterprise Applications users to cloud 
users and the other half comes from new customers and new modules. Our cloud customer retention rate is in excess of 90%. 

The following table presents cloud revenue by region for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015:  

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

North America ...................................................................................     
Asia Pacific .......................................................................................     
EMEA ...............................................................................................     
Latin America....................................................................................     
Total cloud revenue ...........................................................................     

60%    
15%    
17%    
8%    
100%    

61 %    
15 %    
14 %    
10 %    
100 %    

The following table presents cloud revenue by industry for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015:  

Automotive ........................................................................................     
Consumer products and food and beverage .......................................     
High technology and industrial products ...........................................     
Life sciences ......................................................................................     
Total cloud revenue ...........................................................................     

39%    
15%    
18%    
28%    
100%    

42 %    
16 %    
16 %    
26 %    
100 %    

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

65 %
15 %
14 %
6 %
100 %

41 %
18 %
16 %
25 %
100 %

We expect the growth rate of subscription revenue in the future to be primarily attributable to growth in sales of our 

QAD Enterprise Applications in the cloud. 

On  a  constant  currency  basis,  subscription  revenue  was  $38.8  million  and  $27.3  million  for  fiscal  2016  and  2015, 
respectively, representing an $11.5 million, or 41%, increase from the prior year. On a constant currency basis, subscription 
revenue increased across all regions during fiscal 2016 when compared to the prior year. 

License Revenue. On a constant currency basis, license revenue was $23.6 million and $29.3 million for fiscal 2017 and 
2016,  representing  a  $5.7  million,  or  19%,  decrease  from  the  prior  year.  On  a  constant  currency  basis,  license  revenue 
decreased in our North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions and was flat in our Latin America region during fiscal 2017 
when  compared  to  the  same  period  last  year.  One  of  the  metrics  that  management  uses  to  measure  license  revenue 
performance is the number of customers that have placed sizable license orders in the period. During fiscal 2017, 15 customers 
placed license orders totaling more than $0.3 million, two of which exceeded $1.0 million. This compared to fiscal 2016 in 
which 18 customers placed license orders totaling more than $0.3 million, none of which exceeded $1.0 million. The majority 
of our license revenue has come from additional users and module purchases from our existing customers. As cloud revenue 
increases we expect license revenue to decline. 

On a constant currency basis, license revenue was $29.9 million and $38.4 million for fiscal 2016 and 2015, representing 
an $8.5 million, or 21%, decrease from the prior year. On a constant currency basis, license revenue decreased in our North 
America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions and increased in our Latin America region during fiscal 2016 when compared to 
the prior year. During fiscal 2016, 18 customers placed license orders totaling more than $0.3 million, none of which exceeded 
$1.0 million. This compared to fiscal 2015 in which 21 customers placed license orders totaling more than $0.3 million, five 
of which exceeded $1.0 million.  

Maintenance and Other Revenue. On a constant currency basis, maintenance and other revenue was $130.4 million and 
$131.1 million for fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively, representing a $0.7 million, or 1%, decrease from the prior year. On a 
constant currency basis, maintenance and other revenue decreased slightly in our North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific 
regions and increased in our and Latin America region during fiscal 2017 when compared to the prior year. When customers 
convert  to  the  cloud  they  no  longer  pay  for  maintenance  as  those  support  services  are  included  as  a  component  of  the 
subscription offering. We continue to see renewal rates consistent with history; however, conversions from on-premise to 
cloud will result in future decreases in maintenance revenue.  

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
On a constant currency basis, maintenance and other revenue was $133.0 million and $131.6 million for fiscal 2016 and 
2015, respectively, representing a $1.4 million, or 1%, increase from the prior year. On a constant currency basis, maintenance 
and other revenue increased in our EMEA, Asia Pacific and Latin America regions and decreased in our North America 
region during fiscal 2016 when compared to the prior year. The increase in maintenance and other revenue was primarily 
attributable to sales of new licenses partially offset by the impact of customers converting to the cloud.  

We  track  our  retention  rate  of  cloud  and  maintenance  by  calculating  the  annualized  revenue  of  customer  sites  with 
contracts up for renewal during the period compared to the annualized revenue associated with the customer sites that have 
canceled during the period. The percentage of revenue not canceled is our retention rate. Conversions to the cloud are not 
considered  cancellations  for  purposes  of  the  maintenance  retention  rate  calculation.  Our  maintenance  retention  rate  has 
remained in excess of 90% for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

Professional Services Revenue. On a constant currency basis, professional services revenue was $71.8 million and $74.9 
million for fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively, representing a $3.1 million, or 4%, decrease from the prior year. On a constant 
currency  basis,  professional  services  revenue  decreased  in  our  North  America,  EMEA  and  Latin  America  regions  and 
increased in our Asia Pacific region during fiscal 2017 when compared to the prior year. The decrease in professional services 
revenue  period  over  period  can  be  attributed  to  a  lower  number  of  engagements.  Our  professional  services  revenue  is 
generated from discretionary upgrade projects for existing customers in addition to new implementations. These projects are 
affected by general economic conditions in the manufacturing industry and our customers' businesses. As a result, global 
economic uncertainty can cause on-going projects to slow down, resulting in reduced monthly spend for our customers, while 
new  projects  can  get  delayed  until  conditions  start  to  improve.  The  manufacturing  industry  experienced  a  slowdown 
beginning in the second half of fiscal 2016 through the first half of fiscal 2017 as shown by the purchasing manufacturers’ 
index. As the manufacturing industry improved beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2017, services revenue increased in 
the second half of the year.  

On a constant currency basis, professional services revenue was $76.2 million and $78.0 million for fiscal 2016 and 
2015, respectively, representing a $1.8 million, or 2%, decrease from the prior year. On a constant currency basis, professional 
services revenue decreased in our North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions and increased in our Latin America region 
during fiscal 2016 when compared to the prior year. The decrease in professional services revenue period over period can be 
attributed to engagements in which we recognized a lower amount of professional services revenue per customer. 

Total Cost of Revenue 

(in thousands)  
Cost of revenue 
Cost of subscription ..........................   $ 
Cost of license fees ...........................     
Cost of maintenance and other ..........     
Cost of professional services .............     
Total cost of revenue .........................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .......................     

(in thousands)  
Cost of revenue 
Cost of subscription ..........................   $ 
Cost of license fees ...........................     
Cost of maintenance and other ..........     
Cost of professional services .............     
Total cost of revenue .........................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .......................     

Change due 
   Year Ended 
to Currency     
  January 31, 2017      January 31, 2016      Currency     Fluctuations     

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

27,027     $ 
2,990       
30,517       
70,317       
130,851     $ 
47%     

20,635     $ 
3,624       
30,973       
71,330       
126,562     $ 
46%     

(6,504)   $ 
633      
198      
(29)     
(5,702)   $ 

112    $ 
1      
258      
1,042      
1,413    $ 

(6,392)     
634      
456      
1,013      
(4,289)     

-31% 
17% 
1% 
1% 
-3% 

Change due 
   Year Ended 
to Currency     
  January 31, 2016      January 31, 2015      Currency     Fluctuations     

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

20,635     $ 
3,624       
30,973       
71,330       
126,562     $ 
46%     

17,149     $ 
5,016       
32,511       
76,954       
131,630     $ 
45%     

(3,956)   $ 
1,336      
6      
(347)     
(2,961)   $ 

470    $ 
56      
1,532      
5,971      
8,029    $ 

(3,486)     
1,392      
1,538      
5,624      
5,068      

-20% 
28% 
5% 
7% 
4% 

Total cost of revenue consists of cost of subscription, cost of license fees, cost of maintenance and other and cost of 
professional services. Cost of subscription includes salaries, benefits, bonuses of our cloud operations group located in the 
U.S.  and  India;  stock-based  compensation  for  those  employees;  hardware  and  hosting  costs;  royalties;  professional  fees; 
travel;  and  an  allocation  of  information  technology  and  facilities  costs.  Cost  of  license  fees  includes  license  royalties, 
amortization  of  capitalized  software  costs  and  fulfillment.  Cost  of  maintenance  and  other  includes  salaries,  benefits  and 
bonuses of our support group, stock-based compensation for those employees, travel expense, professional fees, fulfillment 

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
       
          
         
        
        
        
  
       
       
       
   
  
  
     
  
  
       
          
         
        
        
        
  
       
       
       
   
   
and an allocation of information technology and facilities costs. Cost of professional services includes salaries, benefits and 
bonuses costs of fulfilling service contracts, stock-based compensation for those employees, third-party contractor expense, 
travel expense for services employees and an allocation of information technology and facilities costs. 

Total Cost of Revenue. On a constant currency basis, total cost of revenue (combined cost of subscription, cost of license 
fees, cost of maintenance and other and cost of professional services) was $130.9 million and $125.1 million for fiscal 2017 
and 2016, respectively and as a percentage of total revenue was 47% for fiscal 2017 and 46% for fiscal 2016. The increase 
in total cost of revenue as a percentage of total revenue was mainly due to lower professional services margin and the shift 
in our revenue mix from on-premise licenses to cloud. The non-currency related increase in cost of revenue of $5.8 million, 
or 5%, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to higher hosting and personnel costs associated with the 
growth of our cloud business which were partially offset by a decrease in license royalties related to a decline in license 
revenue.  

On  a  constant  currency  basis,  total  cost  of  revenue  (combined  cost  of  subscription,  cost  of  license  fees,  cost  of 
maintenance and other and cost of professional services) was $126.6 million and $123.6 million for fiscal 2016 and 2015, 
respectively, and as a percentage of total revenue was 46% for fiscal 2016 and 45% for fiscal 2015. The non-currency related 
increase  in  cost  of  revenue  of  $3.0  million,  or  2%,  in  fiscal  2016  compared  to  fiscal  2015  was  primarily  due  to  higher 
personnel and hosting costs associated with higher subscription revenue; and higher services personnel costs partially offset 
by  lower  subcontractor  costs.  The  increases  in  cost  of  subscription  and  professional  services  were  partially  offset  by  a 
decrease in license royalties related to a decline in license revenue.  

Cost of Subscription. On a constant currency basis, cost of subscription was $27.0 million and $20.5 million for fiscal 
2017 and 2016, respectively, representing an increase of $6.5 million, or 32%. The non-currency related increase in cost of 
subscription of $6.5 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to higher hosting costs of $3.5 million, 
higher  salaries  and  related  costs  of  $0.9  million  as  a  result  of  higher  headcount  of  approximately  16  people,  higher 
subcontractor costs of $0.7 million and higher professional fees of $0.3 million. In addition, cost of subscription included 
higher personnel costs from other departments who worked on cloud engagements of $1.0 million. Cost of subscription as a 
percentage of subscription revenue was 52% and 53% in fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively. We expect to continue to improve 
our subscription margins over time, but we also anticipate fluctuations in our subscription margins as we make investments 
to support future growth. 

On  a  constant  currency  basis,  cost  of  subscription  was  $20.6  million  and  $16.7  million  for  fiscal  2016  and  2015, 
respectively, representing an increase of $3.9 million, or 23%. The non-currency related increase in cost of subscription of 
$3.9 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to higher hosting costs of $1.9 million, higher salaries 
and  related  costs  of  $1.5  million  as  a  result  of  higher  headcount  of  approximately  six  people  and  higher  information 
technology and facilities allocated costs of $0.4 million. Cost of subscription as a percentage of subscription revenue was 
53% and 61% in fiscal 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Cost of License Fees. On a constant currency basis, cost of license fees was $3.0 million and $3.6 million for fiscal 2017 
and 2016, respectively, representing a decrease of $0.6 million, or 17%. Cost of license fees in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 
2016 included lower royalties associated with lower license revenue. As a percent of revenue, royalty expense remained 
consistent year over year. 

On  a  constant  currency  basis,  cost  of  license  fees  was  $3.6  million  and  $5.0  million  for  fiscal  2016  and  2015, 
respectively, representing a decrease of $1.3 million, or 27%. Cost of license fees in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 
included lower royalties associated with lower license revenue and lower fulfillment costs. As a percent of revenue, royalty 
expense remained consistent year over year. 

Cost of Maintenance and Other. On a constant currency basis, cost of maintenance and other was $30.5 million and 
$30.7  million for fiscal 2017  and 2016,  respectively, representing  a decrease  of $0.2 million,  or  1%.  The  year over  year 
decrease in cost of maintenance and other was primarily related to lower royalties of $0.3 million. Cost of maintenance and 
other as a percentage of maintenance and other revenue was 23% in both fiscal 2017 and 2016. 

On a constant currency basis, cost of maintenance and other was $31.0 million for both fiscal 2016 and 2015. The year 
over year change in cost of maintenance and other included lower royalties of $0.5 million partially offset by higher salaries 
and related costs of $0.4 million. Cost of maintenance and other as a percentage of maintenance and other revenue was 23% 
in both fiscal 2016 and 2015. 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
Cost of Professional Services. On a constant currency basis, cost of professional services was $70.3 million for both 
fiscal 2017 and 2016. The non-currency related changes in cost of professional services in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 
2016 included higher salaries and related costs of $1.4 million, as a result of higher headcount of approximately 18 people, 
higher bonuses of $0.5 million, higher information technology and facilities allocated costs of $0.4 million partially offset by 
lower third-party contractor costs of $0.6 million and lower travel of $0.4 million. In addition, professional services costs 
benefited from higher cost relief of $1.6 million related to staff who worked on cloud engagements and sales activities. Cost 
of professional services as a percentage of professional services revenues was 98% for fiscal 2017 and 94% for fiscal 2016.  

On a constant currency basis, cost of professional services was $71.3 million and $71.0 million for fiscal 2016 and 2015, 
respectively, representing an increase of $0.3 million. The non-currency related increase in cost of professional services of 
$0.3 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was due primarily to higher salaries and related costs of $3.0 million, as 
a result of higher headcount of approximately 19 people, and higher information technology and facilities allocated costs of 
$0.4 million partially offset by lower third-party contractor costs of $2.4 million and lower bonuses of $0.7 million. Cost of 
professional services as a percentage of professional services revenues was 94% for fiscal 2016 and 91% for fiscal 2015. 

Sales and Marketing 

(in thousands)  
Sales and marketing ..........................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .......................     

Change due 
   Year Ended 
to Currency     
  January 31, 2017      January 31, 2016      Currency     Fluctuations     

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

67,194     $ 
24%     

66,535     $ 
24%     

(1,514)   $ 

855    $ 

(in thousands)  
Sales and marketing ..........................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .......................     

Change due 
to Currency     
   Year Ended 
  January 31, 2016      January 31, 2015      Currency     Fluctuations     
4,214    $ 

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

(964)   $ 

66,535     $ 
24%     

69,785     $ 
24%     

Total Change 
as Reported 
$ 
     % 
(659)     

-1% 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 
3,250      

5% 

Sales and marketing expense includes salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and travel expense for our 
sales and marketing employees in addition to costs of programs aimed at increasing revenue, such as trade shows, user group 
events, advertising and various sales and promotional programs. Sales and marketing expense also includes personnel costs 
of order processing, sales agent fees and an allocation of information technology and facilities costs. We pay and expense 
commissions for cloud deals at the time the contract is signed, whereas the related revenue is recognized in future periods. 

On a constant currency basis, sales and marketing expense was $67.2 million and $65.7 million for fiscal 2017 and 2016, 
respectively,  representing  an  increase  of  $1.5  million,  or  2%.  The  non-currency  related  increase  in  sales  and  marketing 
expense of $1.5 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to higher bonuses of $0.3 million, higher 
marketing expense of $0.3 million, higher payroll taxes of $0.2 million, higher leave expense of $0.2 million and higher 
information  technology  and  facilities  allocated  costs  of  $0.2  million  partially  offset  by  lower  travel  of  $0.4  million.  In 
addition,  sales  and  marketing  expense  was  negatively  impacted  by  lower  cost  relief  of  $0.7  million  related  to  sales  and 
marketing employees working on services engagements in the prior year. 

On a constant currency basis, sales and marketing expense was $66.5 million and $65.6 million for fiscal 2016 and 2015, 
respectively,  representing  an  increase  of  $0.9  million,  or  1%.  The  non-currency  related  increase  in  sales  and  marketing 
expense of $0.9 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to higher salaries and related costs of $1.4 
million, as a result of higher headcount of approximately 11 people, higher stock compensation of $0.6 million, higher travel 
of $0.5 million, higher expenses of $0.3 million related to our annual Explore user conference, higher professional fees of 
$0.2  million  and  higher  information  technology  and  facilities  allocated  costs  of  $0.2  million  partially  offset  by  lower 
commissions of $1.7 million and lower bonuses of $0.5 million. 

45 

  
  
  
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
   
  
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Research and Development 

(in thousands)  
Research and development ................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .......................     

Change due 
   Year Ended 
to Currency     
  January 31, 2017      January 31, 2016      Currency     Fluctuations     

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

43,587     $ 
16%     

41,237     $ 
15%     

(2,743)   $ 

393    $ 

(in thousands)  
Research and development ................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .......................     

Change due 
   Year Ended 
to Currency     
  January 31, 2016      January 31, 2015      Currency     Fluctuations     

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

41,237     $ 
15%     

42,315     $ 
14%     

(924)   $ 

2,002    $ 

Total Change 
as Reported 
$ 
     % 
(2,350)     

-6% 

Total Change 
as Reported 
$ 
     % 
1,078      

3% 

Research and development is expensed as incurred and consists primarily of salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based 
compensation, training and travel expense for research and development employees and professional services, such as fees 
paid  to  software  development  firms  and  independent  contractors.  Research  and  development  expense  also  includes  an 
allocation of information technology and facilities costs, and is reduced by reimbursements from joint development projects. 
As part of our vertical focus we regularly seek to engage in joint development arrangements with our customers in order to 
enhance specific functionality and industry experience, although the number and size of joint development arrangements may 
fluctuate. 

On a constant currency basis, research and development expense was $43.6 million and $40.8 million for fiscal 2017 
and 2016, respectively, representing an increase of $2.8 million, or 7%. The non-currency related increase in research and 
development expense of $2.8 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to higher salaries and related 
costs of $1.7 million, as a result of higher headcount of approximately 29 people, higher information technology and facilities 
allocated costs of $0.4 million, higher bonuses of $0.3 million and higher professional fees of $0.3 million.  

On a constant currency basis, research and development expense was $41.2 million and $40.3 million for fiscal 2016 
and 2015, respectively, representing an increase of $0.9 million, or 2%. The non-currency related increase in research and 
development expense of $0.9 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to higher salaries and related 
costs of  $0.6 million,  as a  result of higher headcount  of approximately  6 people,  and higher  stock compensation of $0.4 
million  partially  offset  by  lower bonuses of  $0.9  million.  In  addition, research  and development  expense was  negatively 
impacted by higher cost relief in the prior period of $0.7 million for costs related to staff who worked on service engagements.  

General and Administrative 

(in thousands)  
General and administrative ...............   $ 
Percentage of revenue .......................     

Change due 
to Currency     
   Year Ended 
  January 31, 2017      January 31, 2016      Currency     Fluctuations     

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

32,318     $ 
12%     

32,689     $ 
11%     

(141)   $ 

512    $ 

371      

1%

(in thousands)  
General and administrative ...............   $ 
Percentage of revenue .......................     

Change due 
   Year Ended 
to Currency     
  January 31, 2016      January 31, 2015      Currency     Fluctuations     
1,146    $ 

Change in 
Constant      

      Year Ended 

845     $ 

Total Change 
as Reported 
$ 
     % 
1,991      

6% 

32,689     $ 
11%     

34,680     $ 
12%     

General and administrative expense includes salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and travel expense 
for our finance, human resources, legal and executive personnel, as well as professional fees for accounting and legal services, 
bad debt expense and an allocation of information technology and facilities costs. 

On a constant currency basis, general and administrative expense was $32.3 million and $32.2 million for fiscal 2017 
and  2016,  respectively,  representing  a  increase  of  $0.1  million.  The  non-currency  related  increase  in  general  and 
administrative expense of $0.1 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to higher salaries and related 
costs of $0.6 million partially offset by lower stock compensation of $0.2 million and lower travel of $0.2 million. 

46 

  
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
   
  
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
       
       
       
   
  
  
     
  
  
        
       
       
   
  
  
   
 
 
On a constant currency basis, general and administrative expense was $32.7 million and $33.5 million for fiscal 2016 
and 2015, respectively, representing a decrease of $0.8 million, or 2%. The non-currency related decrease in general and 
administrative expense of $0.8 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to lower professional fees 
of $0.8 million, lower bonuses of $0.8 million and lower costs associated with an internal system upgrade of $0.5 million 
partially offset by higher stock compensation of $1.0 million and higher severance of $0.2 million. 

Amortization of Intangibles from Acquisitions 

Amortization of intangibles from acquisitions totaled $0.7 million for each of the fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

Amortization expense was due to the intangible assets acquired from our DynaSys and CEBOS acquisitions.  

Total Other (Income) Expense 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Compared 
to Prior 
Period 

Year Ended 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Compared 
to Prior 
Period 

Year Ended 

Year Ended 

   January 31, 2017 

   $ 

     %    

   January 31, 2016 

   $ 

     %    

   January 31, 2015 

(in thousands) 
Other (income) expense 
Interest income .............................................   $ 
Interest expense ............................................     
Other income, net .........................................     
Total other (income) expense, net ................   $ 
Percentage of revenue ..................................     

(696)    $  (376)     -118%   $ 
-6%     
(42)     
670  
(436)       321       42%     
(462)    $ 
(97)      -27%   $ 
0%     

(78)      -32%   $ 
(320)    $ 
(99)      -12%     
712  
(757)       (588)     -348%     
(365)    $  (765)     -191%   $ 

0%     

(242) 
811  
(169) 
400  

0% 

Total other (income) expense, net was $(0.5) million, $(0.4) million and $0.4 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. When comparing fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2016, the favorable change is primarily related to an increase in the fair 
value of our interest rate swap of $0.5 million and higher interest income of $0.4 million partially offset by lower foreign 
exchange gains of $0.7 million. When comparing fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2015, the favorable change is primarily related to an 
increase in the fair value of our interest rate swap of $0.8 million partially offset by lower foreign exchange gains of $0.4 
million. 

Interest  rate  swap  valuations  and  foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  are  subject  to  changes  which  are  inherently 
unpredictable. Our interest rate swap is accounted for using mark-to-market accounting. Accordingly, changes in the fair 
value of the swap each reporting period are adjusted through earnings, subjecting us to non-cash volatility in our results of 
operations. The swap fixes the interest rate on our mortgage to 4.31% over the entire term of the mortgage and effectively 
lowered our interest rate from the previous mortgage rate of 6.5%. Although the agreement allows us to prepay the loan and 
exit the agreement early, we have no intention of doing so. As a result, we will have non-cash adjustments through earnings 
each  reporting  period.  Over  the  term  of  the  mortgage,  however,  the  net  impact  of  these  mark-to-market  adjustments  on 
earnings will be zero. 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
        
  
    
  
  
       
        
  
    
  
  
    
    
       
   
    
       
   
    
  
  
  
 
 
Income Tax Expense 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Compared 
to Prior Period    

Year Ended 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Compared 

Year Ended 

to Prior Period      

Year Ended 

(in thousands) 
Income tax expense ............................   $ 
Percentage of revenue ........................     
Effective tax rate ................................     

   January 31, 2017 

$ 

     % 

   January 31, 2016 

$ 

19,276  

  $  17,652       1,087 %   $ 

1,624  

  $  (1,015 )      -38%   $ 

     %        January 31, 2015    
2,639  

7%     
504%     

1%     
15%     

1% 
17% 

We  recorded  income  tax  expense  of  $19.3  million,  $1.6  million  and  $2.6  million  for  fiscal  2017,  2016,  and  2015 
respectively. QAD’s effective tax rate was 504%, 15%, and 17% for fiscal 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. In total, our 
effective  tax  rate  increased  in  fiscal  2017  compared  to  fiscal  2016.  This  increase  is  primarily  attributed  to  a  valuation 
allowance of $16.3 million placed on U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets. The decrease in our effective tax rate that 
occurred in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was attributed to the liquidation of an investment in a Japan legal entity, 
which gave us the ability to utilize expired net operating losses for Japanese tax purposes in the year of liquidation. 

For further information regarding income taxes, see Note 3 “Income Taxes” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial 

Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

Regulation S-K Item 10(e), “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures in Commission Filings,” defines and prescribes the 
conditions for use of non-GAAP financial information. Our measures of non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP adjusted 
EBITDA  margins,  non-GAAP  pre-tax  income,  non-GAAP  net  income  and  non-GAAP  earnings  per  share  each  meet  the 
definition of a non-GAAP financial measure. 

We define the non-GAAP measures as follows:  

●  Non-GAAP  adjusted  EBITDA  -  EBITDA  is  GAAP  net  income  before  net  interest  expense,  income  tax  expense,
depreciation and amortization. Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA less stock-based compensation expense and
the change in the fair value of the interest rate swap. 

●  Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA margins - Calculated by dividing non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA by total revenue. 

●  Non-GAAP pre-tax income - GAAP income before income taxes not including the effects of stock-based compensation 

expense, amortization of purchased intangible assets and the change in fair value of the interest rate swap.  

●  Non-GAAP  net  income  -  GAAP  net  income  before  stock-based  compensation  expense,  amortization  of  purchased
intangible assets, the change in fair value of the interest rate swap, the change in valuation allowance and certain income
tax adjustments. 

●  Non-GAAP earnings per share - Non-GAAP net income allocated to Class A and Class B shares divided by the same

weighted average shares outstanding of each class which was used to calculate GAAP earnings per share.  

QAD’s  management  uses  non-GAAP  measures  internally  to  evaluate  the  business  and  believes  that  presenting  non-
GAAP measures provides useful information to investors regarding the underlying business trends and performance of our 
ongoing operations as well as useful metrics for monitoring our performance and evaluating it against industry peers. The 
non-GAAP  financial  measures  presented  should  be  used  in  addition  to,  and  in  conjunction  with,  results  presented  in 
accordance with GAAP, and should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures. Management strongly 
encourages investors to review our consolidated financial statements in their entirety and to not rely on any single financial 
measure in evaluating QAD.  

QAD non-GAAP measures reflect adjustments based on the following items: 

EBITDA: We report EBITDA as a non-GAAP metric by excluding the effect of net interest expense, income tax expense, 
depreciation  and  amortization  from  net  income  because  doing  so  makes  internal  comparisons  to  our  historical  operating 
results  more  consistent.  In  addition,  we  believe  providing  an  EBITDA  calculation  is  a  more  useful  comparison  of  our 
operating results to the operating results of our peers. 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
    
    
        
        
       
    
    
        
        
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Stock-based compensation expense: We have excluded the effect of stock-based compensation expense from our non-
GAAP  adjusted  EBITDA,  non-GAAP  pre-tax  income,  non-GAAP  net  income  and  non-GAAP  earnings  per  share 
calculations. Although stock-based compensation expense is calculated in accordance with current GAAP and constitutes an 
ongoing  and  recurring  expense,  such  expense  is  excluded  from  non-GAAP  results  because  it  is  not  an  expense  which 
generally requires cash settlement by QAD, and therefore is not used by us to assess the profitability of our operations. We 
also believe the exclusion of stock-based compensation expense provides a more useful comparison of our operating results 
to the operating results of our peers.  

Amortization  of  purchased  intangible  assets:  We  amortize  purchased  intangible  assets  in  connection  with  our 
acquisitions.  We  have  excluded  the  effect  of  amortization  of  purchased  intangible  assets,  which  include  purchased 
technology, customer relationships, trade names and other intangible assets, from non-GAAP pre-tax income, non-GAAP 
net income and non-GAAP earnings per share calculations, because doing so makes internal comparisons to our historical 
operating results more consistent. In addition, we believe excluding amortization of purchased intangible assets provides a 
more useful comparison of our operating results to the operating results of our peers. 

Change in fair value of the interest rate swap: We entered  into an interest rate swap to mitigate our exposure to the 
variability of one-month LIBOR for our floating rate debt related to the mortgage of our headquarters. We have excluded the 
gain/loss adjustments to record the interest rate swap at fair value from non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP pre-tax 
income, non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per share calculations. We believe that these fluctuations are not 
indicative  of  our  operational  costs  or  meaningful  in  evaluating  comparative  period  results  because  we  currently  have  no 
intention of exiting the debt agreement early; and therefore over the life of the debt the sum of the fair value adjustments will 
be $0.  

Change in valuation allowance: We have excluded the effect of the change in valuation allowance from non-GAAP net 
income and non-GAAP earnings per share calculations. The placement of a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets is 
a non-cash income tax expense charge and such expense is excluded from non-GAAP results because it is not a recurring 
expense which generally requires cash settlement, and therefore is not used by us to assess the profitability of our operations. 
We also believe the exclusion of the change in valuation allowance provides a useful comparison of actual results to guidance 
QAD provided at the beginning of the quarter as guidance did not include a valuation allowance charge and provides a more 
useful comparison of our operating results to the operating results of our peers.  

Income tax adjustments: We compute and utilize a fixed long-term projected non-GAAP tax rate in order to provide 
better consistency across the interim reporting periods by eliminating the effects of non-recurring and period-specific items 
such as changes in the tax valuation allowance and tax effects of acquisition-related costs, since each of these can vary in 
size and frequency. When projecting the long-term rate we evaluated four years of historical and expected results excluding 
the impact of the following non-cash items: stock-based compensation expense, amortization of purchased intangibles and 
the change in fair value of the interest rate swap. The projected rate assumes no new acquisitions and takes into account other 
factors  including  our  current  tax  structure,  existing  tax  positions  in  various  jurisdictions  and  key  legislation  in  major 
jurisdictions where we operate. The long-term non-GAAP tax rate is 25%. We evaluate this long-term rate on an annual basis 
or if any significant events that may materially affect this long-term rate occur. This long-term rate could be subject to change 
for a variety of reasons, for example, significant changes in the geographic earnings mix, acquisition activity or fundamental 
tax law changes in major jurisdictions where we operate. 

49 

  
  
   
  
   
 
 
Our reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures of adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margins, non-GAAP 
pre-tax income, non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP earnings per share to the most comparable GAAP measures for fiscal 
years 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands, except for share numbers): 

2017 

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 

2015 

Total revenue ..................................................................................................................    $ 

277,973  

  $ 

277,852   

  $ 

295,101  

Net (loss) income ............................................................................................................      
Add back: 

Net interest expense ...................................................................................................     
Depreciation ...............................................................................................................     
Amortization ..............................................................................................................     
Income taxes ..............................................................................................................     
EBITDA .........................................................................................................................    $ 
Add back: 

Non-cash stock comp expense ...................................................................................     
Change in fair value of interest rate swap .................................................................     
Adjusted EBITDA ..........................................................................................................    $ 
Adjusted EBITDA margin .............................................................................................      

(15,450)      

(26)      

4,326  
1,710  
19,276  
9,836  

  $ 

7,323  
(485)      
  $ 
6%     

16,674  

8,912   

392   
3,968   
1,807   
1,624   
16,703   

  $ 

7,440   
48   
24,191   

  $ 
9 %     

Non-GAAP pre-tax income reconciliation 
Income before income taxes ...........................................................................................    $ 
Add back 

Stock-based compensation expense...........................................................................     
Amortization of purchased intangible assets .............................................................     
Change in fair value of interest rate swap .................................................................     
Non-GAAP income before income taxes.......................................................................    $ 

3,826  

  $ 

10,536   

  $ 

7,323  
1,377  
(485)      
  $ 

12,041  

7,440   
1,377   
48   
19,401   

  $ 

12,946  

569  
3,816  
1,935  
2,639  
21,905  

4,993  
877  
27,775  

9% 

15,585  

4,993  
1,493  
877  
22,948  

Non-GAAP net income reconciliation 
Net (loss) income ............................................................................................................    $ 
Add back: 

Non-cash stock-based compensation .........................................................................     
Amortization of purchased intangible assets .............................................................     
Change in fair value of interest rate swap .................................................................     
Income tax adjustments .............................................................................................     
Net change in valuation allowance ............................................................................     
Non-GAAP net income ..................................................................................................    $ 

Non-GAAP earnings per Class A share reconciliation 
(Loss) Earnings per diluted Class A share .....................................................................    $ 
Add back: 

Non-cash stock-based compensation .........................................................................     
Amortization of purchased intangible assets .............................................................     
Change in fair value of interest rate swap .................................................................     
Income tax adjustments .............................................................................................     
Net change in valuation allowance ............................................................................     
Non-GAAP earnings per Class A share .........................................................................    $ 

(15,450)    $ 

8,912   

  $ 

12,946  

7,323  
1,377  
(485)      
(2,054)      
16,861  
7,572  

  $ 

7,440   
1,377   
48   
(2,216 )      
2,564   
18,125   

  $ 

(0.84)    $ 

0.47   

  $ 

0.40  
0.07  
(0.03)      
(0.11)      
0.92  
0.41  

  $ 

0.39   
0.07   
0.00   
(0.11 )      
0.13   
0.95   

  $ 

4,993  
1,493  
877  
(1,841) 
1,657  
20,125  

0.79  

0.31  
0.09  
0.05  
(0.11) 
0.10  
1.23  

Shares used in computing earnings per Class A share ...................................................      

15,715  

16,224   

13,553  

Non-GAAP earnings per Class B share reconciliation 
(Loss) Earnings per diluted Class B share .....................................................................    $ 
Add back: 

Non-cash stock-based compensation .........................................................................     
Amortization of purchased intangible assets .............................................................     
Change in fair value of interest rate swap .................................................................     
Income tax adjustments .............................................................................................     
Net Change in valuation allowance  ..........................................................................     
Non-GAAP earnings per Class B share .........................................................................    $ 

(0.70)    $ 

0.40   

  $ 

0.33  
0.06  
(0.02)      
(0.09)      
0.76  
0.34  

  $ 

0.33   
0.06   
0.00   
(0.10 )      
0.12   
0.81   

  $ 

Shares used in computing earnings per Class B share ...................................................      

3,206  

3,283   

0.68  

0.26  
0.08  
0.04  
(0.10) 
0.09  
1.05  

3,271  

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
   
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Our  primary  source  of  cash  is  from  the  sale  of  subscription,  licenses,  maintenance  and  professional  services  to  our 
customers. Our primary use of cash is payment of our operating expenses which mainly consist of employee-related expenses, 
such as compensation and benefits, as well as general operating expenses for facilities and overhead costs. In addition to 
operating expenses, we may also use cash for capital expenditures, payment of dividends and stock repurchases, and to invest 
in our growth initiatives, which include acquisitions of products, technologies and businesses.  

At  January  31,  2017,  our  principal  sources  of  liquidity  were  cash  and  equivalents  totaling  $145.1  million  and  net 
accounts receivable of $69.4 million. During fiscal 2015 we closed an offering of 2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock. 
The net proceeds to us from the sale of the stock were $37.0 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions 
and offering expenses. In early fiscal 2016 the offering underwriters exercised in full an option to purchase additional shares. 
As  a  result,  450,000  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  were  issued  in  fiscal  2016  generating  $8.4  million  in  additional 
proceeds. At January 31, 2017, our cash and equivalents consisted of current bank accounts, registered money market funds 
and time delineated deposits. Approximately 85% of our cash and equivalents were held in U.S. dollar denominated accounts 
as of January 31, 2017.  

We have a U.S. line of credit facility with Rabobank that permits unsecured short-term borrowings of up to $20 million. 
Our line of credit agreement contains customary covenants that could restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness. 
Our line of credit is available for working capital or other business needs. We have not drawn on the line of credit during any 
of the last three fiscal years nor do we expect to draw on the line of credit during fiscal 2018. Our line of credit expires in 
July 2017 and we may or may not renew. 

Our primary commercial banking relationship is with Bank of America and its global affiliates. Our cash and equivalents 
are held by diversified financial institutions globally, and as of January 31, 2017 the portion of our cash and equivalents held 
by or invested through Bank of America was approximately 95%. Our largest cash concentrations are in the United States 
and Ireland. The majority of our cash and equivalents are held in investment accounts which are predominantly placed in 
money market mutual funds and in U.S. Treasury and government securities funds. The remaining cash and equivalents are 
held in deposit accounts and certificates of deposit. 

Our cash and equivalents are concentrated in a few locations around the world, with substantial amounts held outside of 
the U.S. The percentage of cash and equivalents held by foreign subsidiaries was approximately 67% and 62% as of January 
31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Subject to local law restrictions, certain amounts held outside the U.S. could be repatriated 
to the U.S. These repatriated amounts would likely be subject to U.S. income taxes under current U.S. tax law. We have 
provided for the U.S. income tax liability on foreign earnings, except for foreign earnings that are considered permanently 
reinvested outside the U.S. Our intent is that foreign permanently reinvested earnings will remain outside the U.S. Our U.S. 
liquidity needs will be met through ongoing cash flows from operations or through alternative means of cash flow such as 
the sale of stock or external borrowing. We regularly review our capital structure to ensure we have the proper liquidity 
available in the locations in which it is needed. 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

(in thousands) 
Net cash provided by operating activities ..........................................   $ 
Net cash used in investing activities ...................................................     
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ...........................     
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and equivalents ..................     
Net increase in cash and equivalents ..................................................   $ 

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

18,680    $
(3,406)     
(7,814)     
(109)     
7,351    $

24,057     $
(3,348 )     
(487 )     
(3,017 )     
17,205     $

23,963   
(4,879 ) 
29,178   
(3,720 ) 
44,542   

Typical  factors  affecting  our  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  include  our  level  of  revenue  and  earnings  for  the 
period; the timing and amount of employee bonus payments and income tax payments; and the timing and amount of billings 
and cash collections from our customers, which is our largest source of operating cash flow. Net cash flows provided by 
operating activities were $18.7 million and $24.1 million for fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively. A decrease in net income of 
$24.4 million and the negative cash flow effect of changes in accounts receivable of $14.9 million was offset by the positive 
cash flow effect of changes in deferred revenue, accounts payable and other liabilities of $16.8 million and a non-cash change 
in deferred tax asset valuation allowances of $14.3 million. 

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
Net  cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  were  $24.1  million  and  $24.0  million  for  fiscal  2016  and  2015, 
respectively. The positive cash flow effect of changes in accounts receivable of $22.0 million was offset by the negative cash 
flow effect of changes in deferred revenue and other liabilities of $17.4 million and a decrease in net income of $4.0 million. 

Net cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of capital expenditures of $3.3 million, $3.2 million and $4.6 
million for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We continue to monitor our capital spending and do not believe we are 
delaying critical capital expenditures required to run our business. 

Cash dividend payments for fiscal 2017 and 2016 and 2015 were $5.3 million, $5.2 million and $4.5 million, respectively. 
The increase in dividend payments in fiscal 2016 when compared to fiscal 2015 was due to an increase in the number of 
outstanding shares as a result of our secondary stock offering. On a regular basis the Board of Directors evaluates our ability 
to continue to pay dividends as well as the structure of any potential dividend payments. 

Net cash provided by financing activities during 2016 and 2015 included proceeds received from the sale of stock of $8.4 

million and $37.0 million, respectively, after deducting offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. 

We have historically calculated accounts receivable days’ sales outstanding (“DSO”), using the countback, or last-in 
first-out, method. This method calculates the number of days of billed revenue represented by the accounts receivable balance 
as of period end. When reviewing the performance of our entities, DSO under the countback method is used by management. 
It is management’s belief that the countback method best reflects the relative health of our accounts receivable as of a given 
quarter-end or year-end because of the cyclical nature of our billings. Our billing cycle includes high annual maintenance 
renewal billings at year-end that will not be recognized as earned revenue until future periods. 

DSO under the countback method was relatively consistent at 50 days and 49 days as of January 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. DSO using the average method, which is calculated utilizing the accounts receivable balance and earned revenue 
for the most recent quarter, was 85 days at both January 31, 2017 and 2016. The aging of our accounts receivable remained 
consistent when compared with the same period last year. We believe our reserve methodology is adequate, our reserves are 
properly stated as of January 31, 2017 and the quality of our receivables remains good. 

There have been no material changes in our contractual obligations or commercial commitments outside the ordinary 
course of business. Cash requirements for items other than normal operating expenses are anticipated for capital expenditures, 
dividend payments and other equity transactions. We may require cash for acquisitions of new businesses, software products 
or technologies complementary to our business. 

We believe that our cash on hand, net cash provided by operating activities and available borrowings under our existing 
credit facility will provide us with sufficient resources to meet our current and long-term working capital requirements, debt 
service, dividend payments and other cash needs for at least the next twelve months. 

Our revenue, earnings, cash flows, receivables, and payables are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency 
exchange rates, for which we have put in place foreign currency contracts as part of our risk management strategy. See Part 
II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” for further discussion. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

The  following  table  summarizes  our  significant  contractual  obligations  at  January  31,  2017  and  the  effect  these 

contractual obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods. 

   2018 

Years Ended January 31, 
     2021 

     2020 

     2019 

     2022 

    Thereafter      Total 

Notes payable ...................................   $
Notes payable interest payments ......     
Lease obligations ..............................     
Purchase obligations .........................     
Total .................................................   $

0.5    $ 
0.6      
5.4      
8.8      
15.3    $ 

0.5    $ 
0.6      
4.3      
3.3      
8.7    $ 

(In millions) 
0.5    $ 
0.5      
1.1      
—      
2.1    $ 

0.5    $ 
0.6      
2.4      
1.2      
4.7    $ 

0.5    $ 
0.5      
0.3      
—      
1.3    $ 

11.8    $
0.2      
0.1      
—      
12.1    $

14.3  
3.0  
13.6  
13.3  
44.2  

Purchase obligations are contractual obligations for the purchase of goods or services. They are defined as agreements 
that are enforceable and legally binding on QAD which specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities 
to  be  purchased;  fixed,  minimum  or  variable  price  provisions;  and  the  approximate  timing  of  the  transaction.  Purchase 

52 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
obligations relate primarily to information technology infrastructure costs, hosting services agreements and costs associated 
with our sales and marketing events. 

We  have  omitted  unrecognized  tax  benefits  from  this  table  due  to  the  inherent  uncertainty  regarding  the  timing  of 
potential issue resolution. Specifically, either (a) the underlying positions have not been fully enough developed under audit 
to quantify at this time, or (b) the years relating to the issues for certain jurisdictions are not currently under audit. As of 
January 31, 2017, we had $1.7 million of unrecognized tax benefits. This is before the netting of unrecognized tax benefits 
against deferred tax assets for a loss or credit that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax position, as required by ASU 
2013-11.  For  further  information  regarding  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  see  Note  3  “Income  Taxes”  within  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Purchase orders or contracts for the purchase of supplies and other goods and services are not included in the table 
above. We are not able to determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations, as 
purchase orders may represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. Our purchase orders are based on 
our current procurement or development needs and are fulfilled by our vendors within short time frames. We do not have 
significant agreements for the purchase of supplies or other goods specifying minimum quantities or set prices that exceed 
our expected requirements for three months. 

We have certain royalty commitments associated with the licensing or subscription of certain products. Royalty expense 
is generally based on the number of licenses sold or a percentage of the underlying revenue. Royalty expense, included in 
cost of subscription, license fees and maintenance and other revenue, was $16.2 million, $15.9 million and $17.1 million in 
fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Credit Facility 

We have  an unsecured  credit  agreement  with  Rabobank, N.A.  (the  “Facility”).  The  Facility  provides  a  commitment 
through July 15, 2017 for a $20 million line of credit for working capital or other business needs. We pay a commitment fee 
of 0.25% per annum of the daily average of the unused portion of the $20 million Facility. Borrowings under the Facility 
bore interest at a rate equal to one month LIBOR plus 0.75%. At January 31, 2017, the effective borrowing rate would have 
been 1.52%. 

The Facility provides that we maintain certain financial and operating ratios which include, among other provisions, 
minimum liquidity on a consolidated basis of $25 million in cash and equivalents at all times, a current ratio (calculated using 
current liabilities excluding deferred revenue) of not less than 1.3 to 1.0 determined at the end of each fiscal quarter, a leverage 
ratio of not more than 1.5 to 1.0 determined at the end of each fiscal quarter, and a debt service coverage ratio of not less than 
1.5 to 1.0 determined at the end of each fiscal year. The Facility also contains customary covenants that could restrict our 
ability to incur additional indebtedness.  

As of January 31, 2017, there were no borrowings under the Facility and we were in compliance with the financial 

covenants. Our line of credit expires in July 2017 and we may or may not renew it. 

Note Payable 

Effective May 30, 2012, QAD Ortega Hill, LLC entered into a variable rate credit agreement (the “2012 Mortgage”) 
with Rabobank, N.A., to refinance a pre-existing mortgage. The 2012 Mortgage has an original principal balance of $16.1 
million and bears interest at the one-month LIBOR rate plus 2.25%. One month LIBOR was 0.77% at January 31, 2017. The 
2012 Mortgage matures in June 2022 and is secured by our headquarters located in Santa Barbara, California. In conjunction 
with the 2012 Mortgage, QAD Ortega Hill, LLC entered into an interest rate swap with Rabobank, N.A. The swap agreement 
has an initial notional amount of $16.1 million and a schedule matching that of the underlying loan that synthetically fixes 
the interest rate on the debt at 4.31% for the entire term of the 2012 Mortgage. The terms of the 2012 Mortgage provide for 
QAD Ortega Hill, LLC to make net monthly payments of $88,100 consisting of principal and interest and one final payment 
of $11.7 million. The unpaid balance as of January 31, 2017 was $14.3 million. 

Lease Obligations 

We lease certain office facilities, office equipment and automobiles under operating lease agreements. Although our 
office lease agreements end on various dates through fiscal year 2026, they typically include termination options at earlier 
dates.  The  contractual  obligations  table  reflects  future  minimum  rental  payments  under  non-cancellable  operating  lease 

53 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
commitments with terms of more than one year. For further discussion of our leased office facilities, see Item 2 entitled 
“Properties” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of January 31, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC 

Regulation S-K. 

ITEM 7A.       QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Foreign Exchange Rates. We have operations in foreign locations around the world and we are exposed to risk resulting 
from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We have experienced significant foreign currency fluctuations during 
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and in fiscal 2017 due primarily to the volatility of the euro, Brazilian real, Mexican peso 
and British pound in relation to the U.S. dollar. However, while strengthening of the U.S. dollar compared to foreign currency 
exchange  rates  generally  has  the  effect  of  reducing  revenues  it  also  has  the  effect  of  reducing  expenses  denominated  in 
currencies other than the U.S. dollar. These foreign currency exchange rate movements could create a foreign currency gain 
or loss that could be realized or unrealized for us. Unfavorable movements in foreign currency exchange rates between the 
U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies may have an adverse impact on our operations. We did not have any foreign currency 
forward or option contracts, other material foreign currency denominated derivatives or other financial instruments open as 
of January 31, 2017. 

We face two risks related to foreign currency exchange rates—translation risk and transaction risk. Amounts invested 
in  our  foreign  operations  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  period-end  exchange  rates.  The  resulting  translation 
adjustments  are  recorded  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets. 
Revenues and expenses in foreign currencies translate into higher or lower revenues and expenses in U.S. dollars as the U.S. 
dollar weakens or strengthens against other currencies. Our international subsidiaries also hold U.S. dollar and euro-based 
net  monetary  accounts  subject  to  revaluation  that  results  in  realized  or  unrealized  foreign  currency  gains  or  losses. 
Furthermore, we have exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations arising from the remeasurement of non-functional currency 
assets, liabilities and intercompany balances into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. 

For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, approximately 51%, 52% and 55%, respectively, of our revenue was denominated in 
foreign  currencies.  We  also  incurred  a  significant  portion  of  our  expenses  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar, 
approximately 40% for both fiscal 2017 and 2016 and 43% for fiscal 2015. Based on a hypothetical 10% adverse movement 
in all foreign currency exchange rates, our revenue would be adversely affected by approximately 5% partially offset by a 
positive effect on our expenses of approximately 4%, and our operating income would be adversely affected by approximately 
90%. 

For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, foreign currency transaction and remeasurement losses (gains) totaled $0.2 million, 
$(0.5)  million  and  $(0.9)  million,  respectively,  and  are  included  in  “Other  (income)  expense,  net”  in  our  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. We performed a sensitivity analysis on the net U.S. dollar and 
euro-based monetary accounts subject to revaluation that are held by our international subsidiaries and on the non-functional 
currency  assets,  liabilities  and  intercompany  balances  that  are  remeasured  into  U.S. dollars.  A hypothetical  10%  adverse 
movement in all foreign currency exchange rates would result in foreign currency transaction and remeasurement losses of 
approximately $3.4 million. 

These estimates assume an adverse shift in all foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, which do not 
always move in the same direction or in the same degrees, and actual results may differ materially from the hypothetical 
analysis. 

Interest  Rates.  We  invest  our  surplus  cash  in  a  variety  of  financial  instruments,  consisting  principally  of  short-term 
marketable  securities with  maturities  of  less  than 90 days  at  the  date  of  purchase. Our  investment  securities  are held for 
purposes other than trading. Cash balances held by subsidiaries are invested primarily in registered money market funds with 
local operating banks. Based on an interest rate sensitivity analysis of our cash and equivalents, we estimate a 10% adverse 
change in interest rates from the 2016 fiscal year-end rates would not have a material adverse effect on our cash flows or 
financial condition for the next fiscal year. 

Our debt is comprised of a loan agreement, secured by real property, which bears interest at the one-month LIBOR rate 
plus 2.25%. In conjunction with the loan agreement we entered into an interest rate swap. The swap agreement has an initial 
notional amount and schedule matching that of the underlying loan that synthetically fixes the interest rate on the debt at 

54 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
4.31%. Additionally, we have an unsecured line of credit which bears interest at the one month LIBOR rate plus 0.75%. As 
of January 31, 2017 there were no borrowings under our unsecured line of credit. 

Our interest rate swap is accounted for using mark-to-market accounting. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the 
swap each reporting period are adjusted through earnings, subjecting us to non-cash volatility in our results of operations. 
We prepared a sensitivity analysis using a modeling technique that measures the change in the fair values arising from a 
hypothetical 10% adverse movement in levels of interest rates across the entire yield curve, with all other variables held 
constant. Based upon the results of this analysis a 10% adverse change in interest rates from the January 31, 2017 rates would 
cause a $0.1 million reduction in our results of operations. We believe it is prudent to hedge the expected volatility of the 
variable rate mortgage on our corporate headquarters. The swap fixes the interest rate on our mortgage to 4.31% over the 
entire term of the mortgage and effectively lowers our interest rate from the previous mortgage rate of 6.5%. Although the 
agreement allows us to prepay the loan and exit the agreement early, we have no intention of doing so. As a result, we will 
have non-cash adjustments through earnings each reporting period. However, over the term of the mortgage, the net impact 
of these mark-to-market adjustments on earnings will be zero. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The response to this item is included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

None. 

55 

  
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

QAD maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that 
such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. QAD’s management, under the supervision and 
with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of QAD’s 
disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on this 
evaluation, QAD’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that QAD’s disclosure controls 
and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  were  effective  at  a  reasonable 
assurance level. 

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

QAD’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting 
as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  QAD’s  system  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is designed  to provide  reasonable  assurance regarding  the reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. QAD’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain 
to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of 
QAD’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that QAD’s receipts and expenditures are being 
made only in accordance with authorizations of QAD’s management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of QAD’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements. 

Management has assessed the effectiveness of QAD’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2017 
based on the criteria described in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on management’s assessment, management has concluded 
that QAD’s internal control over financial reporting was effective at the reasonable assurance level as of January 31, 2017. 
We reviewed the results of management’s assessment with our Audit Committee. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has audited our internal control over financial reporting 

as of January 31, 2017, as stated in their report included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There  were  no  changes  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  identified  in  connection  with  the 
evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that 
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting. 

(d) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls 

QAD’s management does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures or its internal control over financial 
reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide 
only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations 
in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, 
if any, within QAD have been detected. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions 
about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals 
under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the 
degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

56 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
(e) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
QAD Inc.: 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of QAD Inc. as of January 31, 2017, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway  Commission (COSO).  Management  of QAD Inc.  is responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control over 
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the 
accompanying report entitled Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Item 9A.(b). 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the internal control over financial reporting of QAD Inc. based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and 
evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies 
and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as 
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that 
receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors 
of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, 
use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, QAD Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as 
of  January  31,  2017,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  QAD  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as  of  January  31,  2017  and  2016,  and  the  related 
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the 
years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2017, and our report dated April 7, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion 
on those consolidated financial statements. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Woodland Hills, California 
April 7, 2017 

57 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Information  regarding  QAD  directors  is  set  forth  in  the  section  entitled  “Election  of  Directors”  appearing  in  our 
Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders (“Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange  Commission  within  120  days  after  the  end  of  our  fiscal  year  ended  January  31,  2017,  which  information  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

In addition, the other information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement. 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Set forth below is certain information concerning our executive officers. All ages are as of March 31, 2017. 

NAME 
Pamela M. Lopker .........................   
Karl F. Lopker ...............................   
Daniel Lender ................................   
Anton Chilton ................................   
Kara Bellamy ................................   

   AGE 

POSITION(S) 

62 
65 
50 
49 
41 

  Chairman of the Board and President 
  Chief Executive Officer 
  Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President  
  Chief, Global Field Operations and Executive Vice President 
  Chief Accounting Officer, Corporate Controller and Senior Vice President 

Pamela M. Lopker founded QAD in 1979 and has been Chairman of the Board and President since QAD’s incorporation 
in 1981. Previously, Ms. Lopker served as Senior Systems Analyst for Comtek Research from 1977 to 1979. She is certified 
in production and inventory management by the American Production and Inventory Control Society. Ms. Lopker earned a 
bachelor of arts degree in mathematics from the University of California, Santa Barbara. She is married to Karl F. Lopker, 
Chief Executive Officer of QAD. 

Karl F. Lopker has served as Chief Executive Officer and a Director of QAD since joining QAD in 1981. Previously, 
he was President of Deckers Outdoor Corporation, a company that he founded in 1973. Mr. Lopker is certified in production 
and inventory management by the American Production and Inventory Control Society. He received a bachelor of science 
degree in electrical engineering from the University of California, Santa Barbara. Mr. Lopker is married to Pamela M. Lopker, 
Chairman of the Board and President of QAD. 

Daniel Lender was first appointed Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President in July 2003. Previously, he 
served as QAD’s Vice President of Global Sales Operations and Vice President of Latin America. Mr. Lender joined QAD 
in 1998 as Treasurer following a nine-year tenure with the former Republic National Bank of New York, last serving as Vice 
President and Treasurer of the Bank’s Delaware subsidiary. He earned a master of business administration degree from the 
Wharton  School  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  a  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  applied  economics  and  business 
management from Cornell University. 

Anton Chilton was appointed Chief, Global Field Operations and Executive Vice President in March 2017. Previously 
he served as Executive Vice President, Global Services since June 2015. Mr. Chilton joined QAD in 2004 as Services Director 
of the Company’s Asia-Pacific region, based in Australia. He subsequently served as Managing Director of QAD Australia 
and New Zealand from 2006 to 2009. Mr. Chilton transferred to QAD's headquarters in 2009, serving as Senior Vice President 
– Strategic Global Accounts until 2011, when he became Senior Vice President - Professional Services. Prior to joining QAD, 
Mr. Chilton held senior roles in global systems integration at Atos Origin and Cap Gemini. Mr. Chilton began his career at 
British Steel designing software and infrastructure solutions and received his education in the Submarine Service, British 
Royal Navy. Mr. Chilton has an executive MBA from INSEAD. 

Kara Bellamy has served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer since January 
2008.  Previously,  she  served  as  QAD’s  Director  of  Finance,  Americas  beginning  in  2006  and  joined  QAD  as  Assistant 
Corporate  Controller  in  2004.  Prior  to  joining  QAD,  Ms.  Bellamy  served  as  Corporate  Controller  for  Somera 
Communications, Inc. from 2002 through 2004. Prior to that, she was an audit manager with Ernst & Young. Ms. Bellamy 

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) and received a bachelor of arts degree in business economics with an accounting 
emphasis from the University of California, Santa Barbara.  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Information regarding executive compensation is set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy 

Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under the caption 
“Stock  Ownership  of  Directors,  Executive  Officers  and  Certain  Beneficial  Owners”  in  the  Proxy  Statement,  which 
information is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships 

and Related Party Transactions” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Information regarding services performed by, and fees paid to, our independent auditors is set forth under the caption 

“Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

59 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

1. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

PART IV 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .......................................................................................   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2017 and 2016 .................................................................................   
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended January 31, 2017, 
2016 and 2015 ............................................................................................................................................................   
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 ................   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 ...............................   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................................................................................................   

2. INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

The following financial statement schedule is filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

Page 

61  
62  

63  
64  
65  
66  

Page 

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS .................................................................   

89  

All other schedules are omitted because they are not required or the required information is presented in the financial 

statements or notes thereto. 

3. INDEX OF EXHIBITS 

See the Index of Exhibits at page 91. 

ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

60 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
QAD Inc.: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of QAD Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of 
January  31,  2017  and  2016,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  (loss)  income, 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2017. In connection 
with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the related consolidated financial statement 
schedule. These consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the 
Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
consolidated financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the 
amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial statements.  An audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of QAD Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their 
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation 
to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set 
forth therein. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States),  QAD’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  January  31,  2017,  based  on  criteria  established  in Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO), and our report dated April 7, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting of QAD Inc. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Woodland Hills, California 
April 7, 2017 

61 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
January 31, 

2017 

2016 

145,082     $

137,731  

QAD INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except share data) 

Current assets: 

Assets 

Cash and equivalents ....................................................................................................   $
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,205 and $2,642 at January 31, 2017 

and 2016, respectively ................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets, net .................................................................................................     
Other current assets ......................................................................................................     
Total current assets ....................................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net .............................................................................................     
Capitalized software costs, net .........................................................................................     
Goodwill ...........................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets, net.....................................................................................................     
Other assets, net ...............................................................................................................     
Total assets ................................................................................................................   $

Current liabilities: 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Current portion of long-term debt .................................................................................   $
Accounts payable ..........................................................................................................     
Deferred revenue ..........................................................................................................     
Other current liabilities .................................................................................................     
Total current liabilities ..............................................................................................     
Long-term debt .................................................................................................................     
Other liabilities .................................................................................................................     
Commitments and contingencies ......................................................................................       
Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued or 

69,441       
—       
15,351       
229,874       
30,872       
732       
10,558       
6,166       
2,688       
280,890     $

446     $
11,316       
104,125       
33,636       
149,523       
13,767       
4,914       

outstanding ................................................................................................................     

—       

Common stock: 

Class A, $0.001 par value. Authorized 71,000,000 shares; issued 16,605,215 

shares and 16,603,729 shares at January 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively ............     

16       

Class B, $0.001 par value. Authorized 4,000,000 shares; issued 3,537,380 shares 

and 3,537,366 shares at January 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively ........................     
Additional paid-in capital .............................................................................................     
Treasury stock, at cost (1,125,552 shares and 1,365,885 shares at January 31, 2017 

and 2016, respectively) .............................................................................................     
Accumulated deficit ......................................................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .......................................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity .........................................................................................     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ..................................................................   $

4       
197,594       

(15,170 )     
(61,127 )     
(8,631 )     
112,686       
280,890     $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

62 

65,512  
8,203  
16,024  
227,470  
32,080  
1,553  
10,645  
12,914  
2,679  
287,341  

422  
10,811  
97,911  
31,535  
140,679  
14,191  
4,465  

—  

16  

4  
195,808  

(18,717) 
(40,376) 
(8,729) 
128,006  
287,341  

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
   
  
  
 
 
QAD INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME  
(in thousands) 

Revenue: 

Subscription fees.............................................................................   $ 
License fees ....................................................................................     
Maintenance and other ....................................................................     
Professional services .......................................................................     
Total revenue ..............................................................................     

Costs of revenue: 

Subscription fees.............................................................................     
License fees ....................................................................................     
Maintenance and other ....................................................................     
Professional services .......................................................................     
Total cost of revenue ...................................................................     

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 

2017 

2015 

52,167    $
23,633      
130,406      
71,767      
277,973      

27,027      
2,990      
30,517      
70,317      
130,851      

38,806     $
29,891       
132,962       
76,193       
277,852       

20,635       
3,624       
30,973       
71,330       
126,562       

28,217   
40,917   
141,295   
84,672   
295,101   

17,149   
5,016   
32,511   
76,954   
131,630   

Gross profit ........................................................................................     

147,122      

151,290       

163,471   

Operating expenses 

Sales and marketing ........................................................................     
Research and development .............................................................     
General and administrative .............................................................     
Amortization of intangible assets from acquisitions .......................     
Total operating expenses .............................................................     

67,194      
43,587      
32,318      
659      
143,758      

66,535       
41,237       
32,689       
658       
141,119       

69,785   
42,315   
34,680   
706   
147,486   

Operating income ...............................................................................     

3,364      

10,171       

15,985   

Other (income) expense: 

Interest income ...............................................................................     
Interest expense ..............................................................................     
Other (income) expense, net ...........................................................     
Total other (income) expense, net ...............................................     

(696)     
670      
(436)     
(462)     

(320 )     
712       
(757 )     
(365 )     

(242 ) 
811   
(169 ) 
400   

Income before income taxes ...............................................................     
Income tax expense ............................................................................     

3,826      
19,276      

10,536       
1,624       

15,585   
2,639   

Net (loss) income ...............................................................................   $ 

(15,450)   $

8,912     $

12,946   

Basic net (loss) income per share: 

Class A............................................................................................   $ 
Class B ............................................................................................   $ 

Diluted net (loss) income per share: 

Class A............................................................................................   $ 
Class B ............................................................................................   $ 

(0.84)   $
(0.70)   $

(0.84)   $
(0.70)   $

0.49     $
0.41     $

0.47     $
0.40     $

0.84   
0.70   

0.79   
0.68   

Net (loss) income ...............................................................................   $ 

(15,450)   $

8,912     $

12,946   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 
Foreign currency translation adjustment .........................................     
Total comprehensive (loss) income ....................................................   $ 

98      
(15,352)   $

(1,311 )     
7,601     $

(460 ) 
12,486   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

63 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
   
  
 
 
QAD INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(in thousands) 

Additional 
Paid-in 
  Class A     Class B     Treasury     Class A     Class B      Capital 

Number of Shares 

Amount 

     Treasury       Accumulated      
     Stock 

Deficit 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Total 
Stockholders’ 
Equity 

Balance, January 31, 2014 ..     14,150      3,537      

(1,930)   $ 

14    $ 

4    $ 

150,837    $ 

(28,220)   $ 

(52,613)   $ 

Net income .............................      —     

—      

—       —       —      

—      

—      

12,946      

Foreign currency translation 

adjustments .........................      —     

Stock award exercises............     

1     

Stock-based compensation 

income tax deficiencies ......      —     

Stock compensation expense .      —     

Dividends declared ($0.288 
and $0.24 per Class A and 
Class B share,  
respectively) .......................      —     

Proceeds from stock issuance, 

net of costs .........................      2,000     

Restricted stock .....................     

1     

—      

—      

—      

—      

—       —       —      

—      

—      

199       —       —      

(5,188)     

3,749      

—       —       —      

(15)     

—       —       —      

4,993      

—      

—      

—      

(138)     

—      

—      

—      

—       —       —      

—      

—      

(4,452)     

—      

—      

—      

2       —      

37,044      

—      

121       —       —      

(2,125)     

1,494      

—      

(349)     

(6,958)   $ 

—      

(460)     

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

63,064  

12,946  

(460) 

(1,577) 

(15) 

4,993  

(4,452) 

37,046  

(980) 

Balance, January 31, 2015 ..     16,152      3,537      

(1,610)   $ 

16    $ 

4    $ 

185,546    $ 

(22,977)   $ 

(44,606)   $ 

(7,418)   $ 

110,565  

Net income .............................      —     

—      

—       —       —      

—      

—      

8,912      

—      

8,912  

Foreign currency translation 

adjustments .........................      —     

Stock award exercises............      —     

Stock-based compensation 

income tax benefits ............      —     

Stock compensation expense .      —     

Dividends declared ($0.288 
and $0.24 per Class A and 
Class B share,  
respectively) .......................      —     

—      

—      

—      

—      

—       —       —      

—      

—      

105       —       —      

(3,289)     

2,207      

—       —       —      

736      

—       —       —      

7,440      

—      

—      

—      

(9)     

—      

—      

—      

—       —       —      

—      

—      

(5,235)     

Proceeds from stock issuance, 

net of costs .........................     

450     

Restricted stock .....................     

2     

—      

—      

—       —       —      

8,365      

—      

139       —       —      

(3,378)     

2,053      

—      

(45)     

(1,311)     

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

(1,311) 

(1,091) 

736  

7,440  

(5,235) 

8,365  

(1,370) 

Balance, January 31, 2016 ..     16,604      3,537      

(1,366)   $ 

16    $ 

4    $ 

195,420    $ 

(18,717)   $ 

(40,983)   $ 

(8,729)   $ 

127,011  

Cumulative effect of the 

adoption of ASU 2016-09 ..      —     

—      

—       —       —      

388      

—      

607      

—      

995  

Adjusted balance at  

February 1, 2016 ................     16,604      3,537      

(1,366)   $ 

16    $ 

4    $ 

195,808    $ 

(18,717)   $ 

(40,376)   $ 

(8,729)   $ 

Net loss ..................................      —     

—      

—       —       —      

—      

—      

(15,450)     

Foreign currency translation 

adjustments .........................      —     

Stock award exercises............      —     

Stock-based compensation 

income tax benefits ............      —     

Stock compensation expense .      —     

Dividends declared ($0.288 
and $0.24 per Class A and 
Class B share,  
respectively) .......................      —     

Restricted stock .....................     

1     

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—       —       —      

—      

59       —       —      

(1,406)     

—       —       —      

89      

—       —       —      

7,323      

—      

795      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

— 
—        —      

—    

—      

—      

(5,301)     

182       —       —      

(4,220)     

2,752      

—      

—      

98      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

128,006  

(15,450) 

98  

(611) 

89  

7,323  

(5,301) 

(1,468) 

Balance, January 31, 2017 ..     16,605      3,537      

(1,125)   $ 

16    $ 

4    $ 

197,594    $ 

(15,170)   $ 

(61,127)   $ 

(8,631)   $ 

112,686   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

64 

  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
QAD INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

(15,450 )   $ 

8,912    $ 

12,946   

5,759   
854   
8   
(2,562 ) 
877   
4,993   
1,657   
42   

(11,236 ) 
(431 ) 
2,568   
4,912   
3,576   
23,963   

(4,577 ) 
(311 ) 
9   
(4,879 ) 

(388 ) 
(4,452 ) 
(2,557 ) 
(471 ) 
37,046   
29,178   
(3,720 ) 
44,542   
75,984   
120,526   

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net (loss) income ...................................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by 

operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ...........................................................     
Provision for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments ......................     
Loss on disposal of property and equipment ......................................     
Other deferred income taxes ..............................................................     
Change in fair value of a derivative instrument .................................     
Stock compensation expense ..............................................................     
Net change in valuation allowance.....................................................     
Adjustment of contingent liability associated with acquisitions ........     

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions: 

Accounts receivable ...........................................................................     
Other assets ........................................................................................     
Accounts payable ...............................................................................     
Deferred revenue ................................................................................     
Other liabilities ...................................................................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities .......................................     

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of property and equipment ..................................................     
Capitalized software costs ..................................................................     
Other, net ............................................................................................     
Net cash used in investing activities ...............................................     

Cash flows from financing activities: 

6,046       
237       
41       
(2,035 )     
(485 )     
7,323       
16,861       
—       

(4,141 )     
(90 )     
646       
7,245       
2,482       
18,680       

(3,267 )     
(146 )     
7       
(3,406 )     

5,785      
774      
29      
(3,154)     
48      
7,440      
2,564      
—      

10,804      
(2,768)     
(1,441)     
(2,675)     
(2,261)     
24,057      

(3,208)     
(153)     
13      
(3,348)     

Repayments of debt ............................................................................     
Dividends paid ...................................................................................     
Tax payments, net of proceeds, related to stock awards ....................     
Payment of contingent liability associated with acquisitions  ............     
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs .......     
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ...........................     
Effect of exchange rates on cash and equivalents ..............................     
Net increase in cash and equivalents ..............................................     
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year .........................................     
Cash and equivalents at end of year ...................................................   $

(434 )     
(5,301 )     
(2,079 )     
—       
—       
(7,814 )     
(109 )     
7,351       
137,731       
145,082     $ 

(406)     
(5,235)     
(2,461)     
(750)     
8,365      
(487)     
(3,017)     
17,205      
120,526      
137,731    $ 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 

Cash paid during the period for: 
Interest ...............................................................................................   $
Income taxes, net of refunds ..............................................................     

655     $ 
3,396       

700    $ 
3,925      

735   
3,284   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

65 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
QAD INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. SUMMARY OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

BUSINESS 

QAD is a global provider of vertically-oriented, mission-critical enterprise software solutions for global manufacturing 
companies  across  the  automotive,  life  sciences,  consumer  products,  food  and  beverage,  high  technology  and  industrial 
products industries. QAD Enterprise Applications enables measurement and control of key business processes and supports 
operational requirements, including financials, manufacturing, demand and supply chain planning, customer management, 
business intelligence and business process management. QAD delivers its software solutions to customers in a format that 
best meets their current and future needs - either in the cloud, on premise, or via blended deployment, which is a combination 
of certain sites on premise and others in the cloud. QAD provides ongoing support to customers which ensures they always 
have  access  to  the  latest  features  of  its  software.  QAD  provides  professional  services  to  assist  customers  in  deploying, 
upgrading and optimizing the Company’s software so they can maximize the benefit they receive from QAD solutions in 
their operating environment. QAD was founded in 1979, incorporated in California in 1986 and reincorporated in Delaware 
in 1997.  

In fiscal 2015, QAD successfully closed a public offering of 2 million shares of Class A stock resulting in net cash 
received of $37.0 after underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. On February 18, 2015 the offering 
underwriters exercised in full an option to purchase additional shares. As a result, 450,000 shares of Class A common stock 
were issued in fiscal 2016 generating approximately $8.4 million in additional proceeds. 

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of QAD Inc. and all of its subsidiaries. All subsidiaries are 
wholly-owned and all significant balances and transactions among the entities have been eliminated from the consolidated 
financial statements. 

USE OF ESTIMATES 

The  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and, 
accordingly, include amounts based on informed estimates and judgments of management that affect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Company’s financial statements, and 
the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 
Changes  in  estimates  resulting  from  continuing  changes  in  the  economic  environment  will  be  reflected  in  the  financial 
statements in future periods. 

The  Company  considers  certain  accounting  policies  related  to  revenue,  accounts  receivable  allowances  for  doubtful 
accounts, capitalized software development costs, goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of deferred tax assets and tax 
contingency reserves, and accounting for stock-based compensation to be critical policies due to the significance of these 
items to its operating results and the estimation processes and management judgment involved in each. 

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATIONS AND TRANSACTIONS 

The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are generally determined using 
the country’s local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities recorded in foreign currencies are translated at 
the exchange rates on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing 
during the year. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are charged or credited to other comprehensive (loss) 
income, which is included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions and remeasurement adjustments of monetary assets and 
liabilities  not  held  in  an  entity’s  functional  currency  are  included  in  earnings.  Foreign  currency  transaction  and 
remeasurement  losses  (gains)  for  fiscal  2017,  2016  and  2015  totaled  $0.2  million,  $(0.5)  million  and  $(0.9)  million, 
respectively, and are included in “Other (income) expense, net” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations 
and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. 

66 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS 

Cash and equivalents consist of cash and short-term marketable securities with maturities of less than 90 days at the date 
of purchase. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to 
be cash equivalents. At January 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s cash and equivalents consisted of money market mutual 
funds invested in U.S. Treasury and government securities, deposit accounts and certificates of deposit. 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET 

Accounts receivable, net, consisted of the following as of January 31: 

Accounts receivable .........................................................................................................   $
Less allowance for: 
Doubtful accounts ............................................................................................................     
Sales adjustments .............................................................................................................     
Accounts receivable, net ...............................................................................................   $

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 
71,647     $

(1,090 )     
(1,116 )     
69,441     $

68,154  

(1,242) 
(1,400) 
65,512  

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The collectability of accounts 
receivable is reviewed each period by analyzing balances based on age. Specific allowances are recorded for any balances 
that the Company determines may not be fully collectible due to a customer’s inability to pay. The Company also provides a 
general reserve based on historical data including analysis of write-offs and other known factors. Provisions to the allowance 
for bad debts are included as bad debt expense in “General and Administrative” expense. The determination to write-off 
specific accounts receivable balances is based on the likelihood of collection and past due status. Past due status is based on 
invoice date and terms specific to each customer. 

The  Company  does  not  generally  provide  a  contractual  right  of  return;  however,  in  the  course  of  business  sales 
adjustments related to customer dispute resolution may occur. A provision is recorded against revenue for estimated sales 
adjustments in the same period the related revenues are recorded or when current information indicates additional amounts 
are required. These estimates are based on historical experience, specifically identified customers and other known factors. 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK 

The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to 
the short-term maturities of these instruments. The Company’s line of credit and note payable both bear a variable market 
interest rate, subject to certain minimum interest rates. Therefore, the carrying amounts outstanding under the line of credit 
and note payable reasonably approximate fair value. 

Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the large number of customers comprising 
our  customer  base,  and  their  dispersion  across  many  different  industries  and  locations  throughout  the  world.  No  single 
customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue in any of the last three fiscal years. In addition, no 
single customer accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable at January 31, 2017 or 2016. 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost.  Additions  and  significant  improvements  to  property  and  equipment  are 
capitalized,  while  maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  For  financial  reporting  purposes,  depreciation  is 
generally expensed via the straight-line method over the useful life of three years for computer equipment and software, five 
years  for  furniture  and  office  equipment,  10  years  for  building  improvements,  and  39  years  for  buildings.  Leasehold 
improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of five years. 

Certain costs associated with software developed for internal use, including payroll costs for employees, are capitalized 
once the project has reached the application development stage and are included in property and equipment classified as 
software. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the software, beginning 
when the asset is substantially ready for use. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, maintenance, training and 
research and development costs are expensed as incurred. 

67 

  
   
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following as of January 31: 

Buildings and building improvements ...........................................................................   $ 
Computer equipment and software .................................................................................     
Furniture and office equipment ......................................................................................     
Leasehold improvements ................................................................................................     
Land ...............................................................................................................................     
Automobiles ...................................................................................................................     

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ...........................................................     
  $ 

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 
31,979     $ 
16,027       
6,748       
5,984       
3,850       
54       
64,642       
(33,770 )     
30,872     $ 

31,968  
16,090  
7,149  
5,814  
3,850  
54  
64,925  
(32,845) 
32,080  

The changes in property and equipment, net, for the fiscal years ended January 31 were as follows: 

Cost 
Balance at February 1 .....................................................................................................   $ 
Additions ........................................................................................................................     
Disposals ........................................................................................................................     
Impact of foreign currency translation ...........................................................................     
Balance at January 31 .....................................................................................................     

Accumulated depreciation 
Balance at February 1 .....................................................................................................     
Depreciation ...................................................................................................................     
Disposals ........................................................................................................................     
Impact of foreign currency translation ...........................................................................     
Balance at January 31 .....................................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net at January 31 ....................................................................   $ 

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 

64,925    $ 
3,267      
(3,258)     
(292)     
64,642      

(32,845)     
(4,326)     
3,211      
190      
(33,770)     
30,872    $ 

64,661  
3,208  
(2,072) 
(872) 
64,925  

(31,507) 
(3,968) 
2,043  
587  
(32,845) 
32,080  

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $4.3 million, $4.0 
million and $3.8 million, respectively. There was no impairment of property and equipment assets during fiscal 2017, 2016 
and 2015. 

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS 

The Company capitalizes software development costs incurred in connection with the localization and translation of its 
products once technological  feasibility  has been  achieved  based on  a  working  model. A working  model  is defined as  an 
operative version of the computer software product that is completed in the same software language as the product to be 
ultimately marketed, performs all the major functions planned for the product and is ready for initial customer testing (usually 
identified as beta testing). In addition, the Company capitalizes software purchased from third parties or through business 
combinations  as  acquired  software  technology,  if  the  related  software  under  development  has  reached  technological 
feasibility. 

The  amortization of  capitalized software  costs  is  the greater of  the  straight-line  basis over  three  years,  the  expected 
useful life, or a computation using a ratio of current revenue for a product compared to the estimated total of current and 
future  revenues  for  that  product.  The  Company  periodically  compares  the  unamortized  capitalized  software  costs  to  the 
estimated net realizable value of the associated product. The amount by which the unamortized capitalized software costs of 
a particular software product exceeds the estimated net realizable value of that asset would be reported as a charge to the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. 

68 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
         
  
  
      
         
  
      
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Capitalized software costs and accumulated amortization at January 31 were as follows: 

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 

Capitalized software costs: 
Acquired software technology .................................................................................   $ 
Capitalized software development costs (1) .............................................................     
Subtotal capitalized software costs ...........................................................................     
Less accumulated amortization ................................................................................     
Capitalized software costs, net .................................................................................   $ 
______________________________ 
 (1) Capitalized software development costs include the impact of foreign currency translation. 

3,458     $ 
748       
4,206       
(3,474 )     
732     $ 

3,458  
1,029  
4,487  
(2,934) 
1,553  

Acquired  software  technology  costs  relate  to  technology  purchased from  the  Company’s  fiscal  2013  acquisitions  of 
DynaSys  and  CEBOS.  In  addition  to  the  acquired  software  technology,  the  Company  has  capitalized  costs  related  to 
translations and localizations of QAD Enterprise Applications. 

It is the Company’s policy to write off capitalized software development costs once fully amortized. Accordingly, during 

fiscal 2017, approximately $0.4 million of costs and accumulated amortization was removed from the balance sheet. 

Amortization  of  capitalized  software  costs  for  fiscal  2017,  2016  and  2015  was  $1.0  million,  $1.1  million  and  $1.1 
million, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software costs is included in “Cost of license fees” in the accompanying 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. 

Estimated amortization expense relating to the Company’s capitalized software costs as of January 31, 2017 is $628,000, 

$79,000 and $25,000 in fiscal 2018, 2019 and 2020 respectively. 

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets of purchased businesses. Goodwill 
is not amortized, but instead is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis and whenever circumstances suggest 
that goodwill may be impaired. The Company tests goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The 
Company performs a two-step impairment test. Under the first step of the goodwill impairment test, the Company is required 
to compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit 
exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and the second step is not performed. 
If the results of the first step of the impairment test indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit does not exceed its carrying 
amount, then the second step of the goodwill impairment test is required. The second step of the goodwill impairment test 
compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The impairment 
loss  is  measured  by  the  excess  of  the  carrying  amount  of  the  reporting  unit  goodwill  over  the  implied  fair  value  of  that 
goodwill. 

Management evaluates the Company as a single reporting unit for business and operating purposes as almost all of the 
Company’s revenue streams are generated by the same underlying technology whether acquired, purchased or developed. In 
addition, the majority of QAD’s costs are, by their nature, shared costs that are not specifically identifiable to a geography or 
product line but relate to almost all products. As a result, there is a high degree of interdependency among the Company’s 
revenues and cash flows for levels below the consolidated entity and identifiable cash flows for a component separate from 
the consolidated entity are not meaningful. Therefore, the Company’s impairment test considers the consolidated entity as a 
single reporting unit. 

Judgments about the recoverability of purchased finite lived intangible assets are made whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Each fiscal year the Company evaluates the estimated remaining 
useful lives of purchased intangible assets and whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining 
periods of amortization. Recoverability of finite-lived intangible assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of 
the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. 

Assumptions  and  estimates  about  future  values  and  remaining  useful  lives  of  intangible  assets  are  complex  and 
subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends and 
internal factors such as changes in the Company’s business strategy or internal forecasts. 

69 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017, and 2016 were as follows: 

Gross  
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Impairment 
(in thousands) 

     Goodwill, Net 

Balance at January 31, 2015 ...................................................   $ 
Impact of foreign currency translation ...................................     
Balance at January 31, 2016 ...................................................     
Impact of foreign currency translation ...................................     
Balance at January 31, 2017 ...................................................   $ 

26,519    $ 
(266)     
26,253      
(87)     
26,166    $ 

(15,608)   $ 
—      
(15,608)     
—      
(15,608)   $ 

10,911  
(266) 
10,645  
(87) 
10,558  

During each of the fourth quarters of fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, an impairment analysis was performed at the enterprise 
level which compared the Company’s market capitalization to its net assets as of the test date, November 30. As the market 
capitalization substantially exceeded the Company’s net assets, there was no indication of goodwill impairment for fiscal 
2017, 2016 and 2015. 

Intangible assets as of January 31 were as follows: 

Amortizable intangible assets 
Customer relationships (1) .......................................................................................   $ 
Trade name  ..............................................................................................................     

Less: accumulated amortization ...............................................................................     
Net amortizable intangible assets .............................................................................   $ 
_________________________________ 
(1)  Customer relationships include the impact of foreign currency translation. 

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 

2,721     $ 
515       
3,236       
(2,821 )     
415     $ 

2,749  
515  
3,264  
(2,191) 
1,073  

The Company’s intangible assets as of January 31, 2017 are related to the DynaSys and CEBOS acquisitions completed 
in fiscal 2013. Intangible assets are included in “Other assets, net” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of 
January 31, 2017, all of the Company’s intangible assets were determined to have finite useful lives, and therefore were 
subject to amortization. 

Amortization of intangible assets was $0.7 million for each of the fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015. The following table 

summarizes the estimated amortization expense relating to the Company’s intangible assets as of January 31, 2017: 

Fiscal Years 
2018 ...........................................................................................................................................................   $ 
  $ 

(in thousands)    
415   
415   

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting 
basis and the tax basis of its assets and liabilities and expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss and credit carryforwards. 
In assessing whether there is a need for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, the Company determines whether it is 
more likely than not that it will realize tax benefits associated with deferred tax assets. In making this determination, the 
Company considers future taxable income and tax planning strategies that are both prudent and feasible. For deferred tax 
assets that cannot be recognized under the more-likely-than-not standard, the Company has established a valuation allowance. 
The impact on deferred taxes of changes in tax rates and laws, if any, are reflected in the financial statements in the period 
of enactment. No provision is made for taxes on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries because they are considered to 
be reinvested indefinitely in such operations. 

The Company records a liability for taxes to address potential exposures involving uncertain tax positions that could be 
challenged by taxing authorities, even though the Company believes that the positions taken are appropriate. The tax reserves 
are reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted as events occur that affect the Company’s potential liability for additional 
taxes. The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and in various foreign jurisdictions, and in the ordinary course of 

70 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
business there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. For tax positions that 
are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the Company recognizes the largest amount of the benefit that is 
greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement in the financial statements. For tax positions that do not 
meet the more-likely-than-not standard the entire balance is reserved. 

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

The  Company  accounts  for  share-based  payments  (“equity  awards”)  to  employees  in  accordance  with  ASC  718, 
Compensation—Stock  Compensation  (“ASC  718”),  which  requires  that  share-based  payments  (to  the  extent  they  are 
compensatory) be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income based on the fair values 
of  the  equity  awards  as  measured  at  the  grant  date.  The  fair  value  of  an  equity  award  is  recognized  as  stock-based 
compensation expense ratably over the vesting period of the equity award. Determining the fair value of equity awards at the 
grant date requires judgment. 

Fair Value of SARs 

The fair value of stock-settled stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) is determined on the grant date of the award using the 
Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. One of the inputs to the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model is the fair market 
value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. Judgment is required in determining the remaining inputs to the Black-
Scholes-Merton valuation model. These inputs include the expected life, volatility, the risk-free interest rate and the dividend 
rate. The following describes the Company’s policies with respect to determining these valuation inputs: 

Expected Life 

The expected life valuation input includes a computation that is based on historical vested SAR exercises and post-vest 
expiration patterns and an estimate of the expected life for SARs that were fully vested and outstanding. Furthermore, based 
on the Company’s historical pattern of SAR exercises and post-vest expiration patterns the Company determined that there 
are two discernible populations which include the Company’s directors and officers (“D&O”) and all other QAD employees. 
The estimate of the expected life for SARs that were fully vested and outstanding is determined as the midpoint of a range as 
follows: the low end of the range assumes the fully vested and outstanding SARs are exercised or expire unexercised on the 
evaluation date and the high end of the range assumes that these SARs are exercised or expire unexercised upon contractual 
term. 

Volatility 

The volatility valuation input is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock, which the Company 

believes is representative of the expected volatility over the expected life of SARs. 

Risk-Free Interest Rate 

The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the time of grant for the expected 

term of the SAR. 

Dividend Rate 

The dividend rate is based on the Company’s historical dividend payments per share. 

Fair Value of RSUs 

The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is determined on the grant date of the award as the market price of the 
Company’s common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends foregone during the 
vesting period. Judgment is required in determining the present value of estimated dividends foregone during the vesting 
period. The Company estimates the dividends for purposes of this calculation based on the Company’s historical dividend 
payments per share, which has remained consistent over the last three years. 

The Company elected to early adopt the new guidance provided by ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-
Based  Payment  Accounting”  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2017.  At  adoption,  the  Company  elected  to  account  for 
forfeitures as they occur. 

71 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME 

Comprehensive  (loss)  income  includes  changes  in  the  balances  of  items  that  are  reported  directly  as  a  separate 
component of Stockholders’ Equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The components of comprehensive (loss) income 
are  net  (loss)  income  and  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments.  The  Company  does  not  provide  for  income  taxes  on 
foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  since  it  does  not  provide  for  taxes  on  the  unremitted  earnings  of  its  foreign 
subsidiaries.  The  changes  in  “Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss”  are  included  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. 

REVENUE 

The Company offers its software using two models, a traditional on-premise licensing model and a cloud delivery model. 
The traditional model involves the sale or license of software on a perpetual basis to customers who take possession of the 
software and install and maintain the software on their own hardware. Under the cloud delivery model the Company provides 
access  to  the  software  on  a  hosted  basis  as  a  service  and  customers  generally  do  not  have  the  contractual  right  to  take 
possession of the software. 

Revenue is recognized when 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists 2) delivery has occurred or services has 
been rendered 3) fees are fixed or determinable and 4) collectability is probable. If we determine that any of the four criteria 
is not met, we will defer recognition of revenue until all the criteria are met. 

Revenue is presented net of sales, use and value-added taxes collected from customers. 

Software Revenue Recognition (On-Premise Model) 

The  majority  of  the  Company’s  software  is  sold  or  licensed  in  multiple-element  arrangements  that  include  support 
services and often consulting services or other elements. Delivery of software is considered to have occurred upon electronic 
transfer of the license key that provides immediate availability of the product to the purchaser. Determining whether and 
when some of the above noted revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments 
that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue reported. Typical payment terms vary by region. 
Occasionally, payment terms of up to one year may be granted for software license fees to customers with an established 
history of collections without concessions.  

Provided  all  other  revenue  recognition  criteria  have been  met,  the  Company  recognizes  license revenue on  delivery 
using the residual method when VSOE exists for all of the undelivered elements (for example, support services, consulting, 
or other services) in the arrangement. Revenue is allocated to each undelivered element based on VSOE, which is the price 
charged when that element is sold separately or, for elements not yet sold separately, the price established by management if 
it  is  probable  that  the  price  will  not  change  before  the  element  is  sold  separately.  The  Company  allocates  revenue  to 
undelivered support services (maintenance) based on rates charged to renew the support services annually after an initial 
period. Revenue is allocated to undelivered consulting services based on time and materials rates of stand-alone services 
engagements by role and by country. The Company reviews VSOE at least annually. If the Company is unable to establish 
or maintain VSOE for one or more undelivered elements within a multiple-element software arrangement, it could adversely 
impact revenues, results of operations and financial position because the Company may have to defer all or a portion of the 
revenue or recognize revenue ratably. 

Multiple-element software arrangements for which VSOE does not exist for all undelivered elements typically occur 
when  the  Company  introduces  a  new  product  or  product  bundles  for  which  the  Company  has  not  established  VSOE  for 
support services or fixed fee consulting or other services. In these instances, revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over 
the longer of the support services (maintenance period) or consulting services engagement, assuming there are no specified 
future deliverables. In the instances in which it has been determined that revenue on these bundled arrangements will be 
recognized  ratably  due  to  lack  of  VSOE,  at  the  time  of  recognition,  the  Company  allocates  revenue  from  these  bundled 
arrangement  fees  to  all  of  the  non-license  revenue  categories  based  on  VSOE  of  similar  support  services  or  consulting 
services. The remaining arrangement fees, if any, are then allocated to software license fee revenues. The associated costs 
primarily consist of payroll and related costs to perform both the consulting services and provide support services and royalty 
expense  related  to  the  license  and  maintenance  revenue.  These  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  included  in  cost  of 
maintenance, subscription and other revenue, cost of professional services and cost of license fees. 

Revenue from support services and product updates, referred to as maintenance revenue, is recognized ratably over the 
term of the maintenance period, which in most instances is one year. Software license updates provide customers with rights 

72 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
to unspecified software product updates, maintenance releases and patches released during the term of the support period on 
a when-and-if available basis. Product support includes Internet access to technical content, as well as Internet and telephone 
access to technical support personnel. Customers generally purchase both product support and license updates when they 
acquire new software licenses. In addition, a majority of customers renew their support services contracts annually. 

The  Company  occasionally  resells  third  party  systems  as  part  of  an  end-to-end  solution  requested  by  customers. 
Hardware  revenue  is  recognized  on  a  gross  basis  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  contained  in  ASC  605-45,  Revenue 
Recognition – Principal Agent Considerations. Delivery is considered to occur when the product is shipped and title and risk 
of loss have passed to the customer. 

The  Company  executes  arrangements  through  indirect  sales  channels  via  sales  agents  and  distributors  in  which  the 
indirect sales channels are authorized to market the Company’s software products to end users. In arrangements with sales 
agents, revenue is recognized on a sell-through basis once an order is received from the end user, collectability from the end 
user is probable, a signed license agreement from the end user has been received, delivery has been made to the end user and 
all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Sales agents are compensated on a commission basis. Distributor 
arrangements are those in which the resellers are authorized to market and distribute our software products to end users in 
specified territories and the distributor bears the risk of collection from the end user customer. The Company recognizes 
revenue from transactions with distributors when the distributor submits a written purchase commitment, collectability from 
the  distributor  is  probable,  a  signed  license  agreement  is  received  from  the  distributor  and  delivery  has  occurred  to  the 
distributor, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Revenue from distributor transactions is 
recorded on a net basis (the amount actually received by the Company from the distributor). The Company does not offer 
rights of return, product rotation or price protection to any distributors. 

Subscription Revenue Recognition 

The Company recognizes the following fees in subscription revenue: i) subscription fees from customers accessing the 
Company’s  cloud  and  other  subscription  offerings,  ii)  transition  fees  for  services  such  as  set  up,  configuration,  database 
conversion  and  migration,  and  iii)  support  fees  on  hosted  products.  Subscription  arrangements  do  not  generally  provide 
customers with the right to take possession of the subscribed software. 

Subscription  revenue  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  initial  subscription  period  committed  to  by  the  customer 
commencing when the customer has been given access to the cloud environment. Transition fees are recognized over the 
estimated life of the customer relationship once the customer has gone live. The initial subscription period is typically 12 to 
60 months. Subscription services are non-cancelable, though customers typically have the right to terminate their contracts 
if we materially fail to perform. The Company generally invoices customers in advance in quarterly or annual installments 
and typical payment terms provide that customers pay the Company within 30 days of invoice. 

The Company may enter into multiple-element arrangements that may include a combination of subscription offering 
and other professional services or arrangements that may include both software and non-software elements. The Company 
allocates revenue to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy in accordance with ASC 605-25, 
Revenue Recognition - Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable 
arrangement  as  separate  units  of  accounting,  the  deliverables  must  have  standalone  value  upon  delivery.  The  Company 
evaluates each element in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. 
An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the item has standalone value and delivery of any undelivered 
elements is probable and within the Company’s control. Subscription and support services have standalone value because 
they are routinely sold separately. Consulting services and other services have standalone value because the Company has 
sold consulting services separately and there are several third party vendors that routinely provide similar consulting services 
to the Company’s customers on a standalone basis. Relative selling price for a deliverable is based on its VSOE, if available, 
or Estimated Selling Price (“ESP”), if VSOE is not available. The Company has determined that third-party evidence (“TPE”) 
is  not  a  practical  alternative  due  to  differences  in  the  Company’s  service  offerings  compared  to  other  parties  and  the 
availability of relevant third-party pricing information. The determination for ESP is made through consultation with and 
approval  by  management  taking  into  consideration  the  go-to-market  strategy.  As  the  Company’s  go-to-market  strategies 
evolve, there may be modifications of pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in both VSOE and ESP. 

For multiple-element arrangements that may include a combination of our subscription offerings and other professional 
services,  the  total  arrangement  fee  is  allocated  to  each  element  based  on  the  VSOE  /  ESP  value  of  each  element.  After 
allocation, the revenue associated with the subscription offering and other professional services are recognized as described 
above. 

73 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Professional Services  

Revenue from consulting services, which the Company calls professional services in the Consolidated Statements of 
Income and Comprehensive Income, are typically comprised of implementation, development, training or other consulting 
services sold along with on-premise and cloud Consulting services are generally sold on a time-and-materials basis and can 
include  services  ranging  from  software  installation  to  data  conversion  and  building  non-complex  interfaces  to  allow  the 
software to operate in integrated environments. The Company recognizes revenue for time-and-materials as the services are 
performed or upon written acceptance from customers, if applicable, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition 
have been met. Consulting engagements can range anywhere from one day to many months and are based strictly on the 
customer’s requirements and complexities and are independent of the functionality of our software. The Company’s software, 
as delivered, can generally be used by the customer for the customer’s purpose upon installation. Further, implementation 
and integration services provided are generally not essential to the functionality of the software, as delivered, and do not 
result in any material changes to the underlying software code. On occasion, the Company enters into fixed fee arrangements 
in which customer payments are tied to achievement of specific milestones. In fixed fee arrangements, revenue is recognized 
as  services  are  performed  as  measured  by  costs  incurred  to  date,  as  compared  to  total  estimated  costs  to  be  incurred  to 
complete the work. In milestone achievement arrangements, revenue is recognized as the respective milestones are achieved. 

ADVERTISING EXPENSES 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses were $1.1 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million for 

fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 

All costs incurred to establish the technological feasibility of the Company’s software products are expensed to research 

and development as incurred. 

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE, NET 

The components of other (income) expense, net for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows: 

2017 

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 
(in thousands) 

2015 

Interest income ...................................................................................   $ 
Interest expense ..................................................................................     
Foreign exchange gains ......................................................................     
Change in fair value of interest rate swap ..........................................     
Other income, net ...............................................................................     
Total other (income) expense, net ......................................................   $ 

(696)   $
670      
180      
(485)     
(131)     
(462)   $

(320 )   $
712       
(503 )     
48       
(302 )     
(365 )   $

(242 ) 
811   
(878 ) 
877   
(168 ) 
400   

74 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
COMPUTATION OF NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE 

Net (loss) income per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock is computed using the two-class 
method. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to cash or stock dividends equal to 120% of the amount of such 
dividend payable with respect to a share of Class B common stock. 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share: 

2017 

Years Ended January 31,  
2016 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

2015 

Net (loss) income ...............................................................................   $ 
Less: dividends declared ....................................................................     
Undistributed net (loss) income .........................................................   $ 

(15,450)   $
(5,301)     
(20,751)   $

8,912     $
(5,235 )     
3,677     $

Net (loss) income per share – Class A Common Stock 
Dividends declared .............................................................................   $ 
Allocation of undistributed net (loss) income ....................................     
Net (loss) income attributable to Class A common stock...................   $ 

4,531    $
(17,742)     
(13,211)   $

4,466     $
3,140       
7,606     $

12,946   
(4,452 ) 
8,494   

3,688   
7,041   
10,729   

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding—

basic ................................................................................................     
Weighted average potential shares of Class A common stock ...........     
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock and potential 

15,715      
—      

15,466       
758       

12,841   
712   

common shares outstanding—diluted .............................................     

15,715      

16,224       

13,553   

Basic net (loss) income per Class A common share ...........................   $ 
Diluted net (loss) income per Class A common share ........................   $ 
Net (loss) income per share – Class B Common Stock 
Dividends declared .............................................................................   $ 
Allocation of undistributed net (loss) income ....................................     
Net (loss) income attributable to Class B common stock ...................   $ 

(0.84)   $
(0.84)   $

770    $
(3,009)     
(2,239)   $

0.49     $
0.47     $

769     $
537       
1,306     $

Weighted average shares of Class B common stock outstanding—

basic ................................................................................................     
Weighted average potential shares of Class B common stock ...........     
Weighted average shares of Class B common stock and potential 

3,206      
—      

3,201       
82       

0.84   
0.79   

764   
1,453   
2,217   

3,183   
88   

common shares outstanding—diluted .............................................     

3,206      

3,283       

3,271   

Basic net (loss) income per Class B common share ...........................   $ 
Diluted net (loss) income per Class B common share ........................   $ 

(0.70)   $
(0.70)   $

0.41     $
0.40     $

0.70   
0.68   

Potential  common  shares  consist  of  the  shares  issuable  upon  the  release  of  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  and  the 
exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). The Company’s unvested RSUs, unexercised stock options 
and  unexercised  SARs  are  not  considered  participating  securities  as  they  do  not  have  rights  to  dividends  or  dividend 
equivalents prior to release or exercise. 

75 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
   
  
 
 
The following table sets forth the number of potential common shares not included in the calculation of diluted earnings 

per share because their effects were anti-dilutive: 

2017  

Years Ended January 31,  
2016  
(in thousands) 

2015  

Class A ...............................................................................................     
Class B ...............................................................................................     

845      
158      

528       
99       

211   
45   

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

With  the  exception of  those discussed below,  there have been no  recent  changes  in  accounting pronouncements 
issued  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  or  adopted  by  the  Company  during  the  fiscal  year 
ended January 31, 2017, that are of significance, or potential significance, to the Company. 

Accounting Standards Adopted 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 regarding ASC Topic 718, Improvements to Employee Share-Based 
Payment  Accounting.  The  new  guidance  requires  excess  tax  benefits  and  tax  deficiencies  to  be  recorded  in  the  income 
statement when the awards vest or are settled. In addition, cash flows related to excess tax benefits will no longer be separately 
classified as a financing activity apart from other income tax cash flows. The standard also increases the amount of shares an 
employer can withhold for tax purposes without triggering liability accounting, clarifies that all cash payments made on an 
employee's behalf for withheld shares should be presented as a financing activity in the statements of cash flows, and provides 
an entity-wide accounting policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur. 

The  Company  elected  to  early  adopt  the  new  guidance  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2017  which  required  the 
Company to reflect any adjustments as of February 1, 2016, the beginning of the annual period that includes the interim 
period of adoption. The primary impact of adoption was the recognition of excess tax benefits in the Company’s provision 
for income taxes rather than paid-in capital for all periods in fiscal year 2017. Additional amendments to the accounting for 
income taxes resulted in the recognition of prior year unrealized excess tax benefits. This recognition resulted in an increase 
to the Company’s deferred tax assets of $2.2 million, an increase to valuation allowance $1.2 million and an offset to opening 
accumulated deficit of $1.0 million.  

The Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur using a modified retrospective transition method, which 
resulted  in  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  of  $0.4  million  to  reduce  the  February  1,  2016  opening  accumulated  deficit. 
Additional amendments to the accounting for minimum statutory withholding tax requirements had no impact to opening 
accumulated deficit as of February 1, 2016 as the Company does not withhold more than the minimum statutory requirements. 

The Company elected to apply the presentation requirements for cash flows related to excess tax benefits retrospectively 
to all periods presented which resulted in an increase to net cash provided by operating activities and a decrease to net cash 
used in financing of $0.8 million and $0.3 million for fiscal 2016 and 2015, respectively. The presentation requirements for 
cash flows related to employee taxes paid for withheld shares had no impact to any of the periods presented in the Company’s 
consolidated cash flows statements since such cash flows have historically been presented as a financing activity.  

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03 - Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 2015-03): Simplifying the 
Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented 
in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of being presented as 
an asset, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected 
by ASU 2015-03. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those 
fiscal years and is to be implemented retrospectively. The Company adopted the provisions of this ASU in the first quarter 
of fiscal 2017. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and 
Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line of Credit Arrangements, given that the authoritative 
guidance  within  ASU  2015-03  for  debt  issuance  costs  does  not  address  presentation  or  subsequent  measurement  of  debt 
issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. The SEC staff would not object to an entity deferring and presenting 
debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-
of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The 

76 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Company adopted the provisions of this ASU in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Adoption of this ASU did not have an impact 
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which requires 
deferred tax liabilities and assets be presented as noncurrent on the statement of financial position. ASU 2015-17 will be 
effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning February 1, 2017. The standard permits the use of either prospective or 
retrospective application to all periods presented. The Company adopted the provisions of this standard in the fourth quarter 
of  fiscal  2017  with  prospective  application.  Adoption  of  this  ASU  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers.  The  standard  was  issued  to 
provide a single framework that replaces existing industry and transaction specific U.S. GAAP with a five-step analysis of 
transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The accounting standard update will replace most existing 
revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-
09 by one year. Therefore, ASU 2014-09 will become effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2019 and we do 
not plan to early adopt. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative transition method. We anticipate 
this standard will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. While we are continuing to assess all 
potential impacts of the standard, we currently believe the most significant impact relates to our accounting for software 
license revenue. The requirement to have VSOE for undelivered elements to enable the separation of revenue for the delivered 
software licenses is eliminated under the new standard. We expect revenue related to subscription and professional services 
to  remain  substantially  unchanged.  We  are  still  in  the  process  of  evaluating  the  impact  of  the  new  standard  on  these 
arrangements. Due to the complexity of certain of our contracts, the actual revenue recognition treatment required under the 
new standard for these arrangements may be dependent on contract-specific terms and vary in some instances. We are also 
continuing to evaluate the impact of the standard on our recognition of costs related to obtaining customer contracts, namely 
sales commissions. The commission accounting under the new standard is significantly different than the Company's current 
policy of expensing commission upfront.  

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).  ASU 2016-02 requires companies to generally 
recognize on the balance sheet operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets. ASU 2016-02 
is  effective  for  the  Company  in  its  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020  on  a  modified  retrospective  basis  and  earlier  adoption  is 
permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated 
financial statements and currently expects that most of its operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard 
and recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption of ASU 2016-02. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory 
which requires that entities recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than inventory, 
when the transfer occurs. ASU 2016-16 will be effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning February 1, 2018. The 
standard is required to be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained 
earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the accounting, transition, and 
disclosure requirements of the standard.  

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test 
for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill to eliminate Step 2 from the goodwill 
impairment test. In addition, it eliminates the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to 
perform a qualitative assessment and, if that fails that qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. 
Therefore,  the  same  impairment  assessment  applies  to  all  reporting  units.  The  amendments  will  be  effective  for  the 
Company’s fiscal year beginning February 1, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance is required to be applied 
on  a  prospective  basis.  The  Company  does  not  believe  adoption  of  ASU  2017-04  will  have  a  material  impact  on  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations: Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which 
provides a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business. The amendments 
will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning February 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance 
is required to be applied on a prospective basis. The effect of adoption of ASU 2017-01 will depend upon the nature of the 
Company's future acquisitions, if any. 

77 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
2. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

When  determining  fair  value,  the  Company  uses  a  three-tier  value  hierarchy  which  prioritizes  the  inputs  used  in 
measuring fair value. Whenever possible, the Company uses observable market data. The Company relies on unobservable 
inputs only  when observable  market data  is not  available.  Classification  within  the  hierarchy  is  determined based  on  the 
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The assessment of the significance of a particular item to 
the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or 
liability.  

 •  Level 1 - Money market mutual funds are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices.  

 •  Level 2 - The liability related to the interest rate swap is recorded at fair value based upon a valuation model that uses 

relevant observable market inputs at quoted intervals, such as forward yield curves. 

The following table sets forth the financial assets, measured at fair value, as of January 31, 2017 and January 31, 2016: 

   Fair value measurement at reporting date using    

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 
(in thousands) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Money market mutual funds as of January 31, 2017 ..........................   $ 
Money market mutual funds as of January 31, 2016 ..........................   $ 
Liability related to the interest rate swap as of January 31, 2017 .......     
Liability related to the interest rate swap as of January 31, 2016 .......     

116,043      
113,984      
     $ 
     $ 

(190 )     
(675 )     

Money market mutual funds are classified as part of “Cash and equivalents” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. In addition, the amount of cash and equivalents, including cash deposited with commercial banks, was $29 million 
and $24 million as of January 31, 2017 and January 31, 2016, respectively. 

The  Company’s  line  of  credit  and  notes  payable  both  bear  a  variable  market  interest  rate  commensurate  with  the 
Company’s credit standing. Therefore, the carrying amounts outstanding under the line of credit and note payable reasonably 
approximate fair value based on Level 2 inputs. 

There have been no transfers between fair value measurements levels during the 12 months ended January 31, 2017. 

Derivative Instruments 

The Company entered into an interest rate swap in May 2012 to mitigate the exposure to the variability of one month 
LIBOR  for  its  floating  rate  debt  described  in  Note  8  “Debt”  within  these  Notes  to  Condensed  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements. The fair value of the interest rate swap is reflected as an asset or liability in the Condensed Consolidated Balance 
Sheets and the change in fair value is reported in “Other (income) expense, net” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements 
of Operations and Comprehensive Income. The fair value of the interest rate swap is estimated as the net present value of 
projected cash flows based upon forward interest rates at the balance sheet date. 

The fair values of the derivative instrument at January 31, 2017 and January 31, 2016 were as follows (in thousands): 

Derivative instrument: 

Interest rate swap .......................................................................... Other liabilities net   $ 
Total ..........................................................................................................................   $ 

(190)   $ 
(190)   $ 

(675 ) 
(675 ) 

Liability 

Fair Value 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

January 31, 
2017 

January 31, 
2016 

78 

  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
        
    
        
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
  
The  change  in  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swap  recognized  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Income  and 
Comprehensive  Income  for  the  twelve  months  ended  January  31,  2017,  2016  and  2015  was  $485,000,  $(48,000)  and 
$(877,000), respectively. 

3. INCOME TAXES 

Income tax expense is summarized as follows: 

Current: 

Federal ............................................................................................   $ 
State ................................................................................................     
Foreign ............................................................................................     
Subtotal .......................................................................................     

Deferred: 

Federal ............................................................................................     
State ................................................................................................     
Foreign ............................................................................................     
Subtotal .......................................................................................     
Equity adjustment ...............................................................................     
Total ............................................................................................   $ 

2017 

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 
(in thousands) 

2015 

437    $
30      
3,894      
4,361      

11,564      
3,610      
(348)     
14,826      
89      
19,276    $

(1,656 )   $
26       
2,591       
961       

(956 )     
303       
63       
(590 )     
1,253       
1,624     $

174   
109   
3,010   
3,293   

(786 ) 
229   
(348 ) 
(905 ) 
251   
2,639   

Actual income tax expense differs from that obtained by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to income 

before income taxes as follows: 

2017 

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 
(in thousands) 

2015 

Computed expected tax expense ........................................................   $ 
State income taxes, net of federal income tax expense ......................     
Incremental tax expense (benefit) from foreign operations ................     
Non-deductible equity compensation .................................................     
Foreign withholding taxes ..................................................................     
Net change in valuation allowance .....................................................     
Net change in contingency reserve .....................................................     
Non-deductible expenses ....................................................................     
Benefit of tax credits ..........................................................................     
Subpart F income ...............................................................................     
Rate change impact ............................................................................     
Benefit from liquidation utilized ........................................................     
Other...................................................................................................     
  $ 

1,301    $
(54)     
137      
(29)     
676      
16,861      
198      
660      
(1,243)     
345      
19      
—      
405      
19,276    $

3,582     $
252       
(2,548 )     
254       
968       
2,564       
(379 )     
621       
(3,186 )     
254       
193       
(1,321 )     
370       
1,624     $

5,299   
253   
(5,220 ) 
258   
1,256   
1,657   
(594 ) 
742   
(1,345 ) 
283   
54   
—   
(4 ) 
2,639   

Consolidated U.S. (loss) before income taxes was $(3.8) million, $(7.8) million, and $(2.4) million, for the fiscal years 
ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The corresponding income before income taxes for foreign operations 
was $7.6 million, $18.4 million, and $18.0 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The Company files U.S. federal, state, and foreign tax returns that are subject to audit by various tax authorities. The 

Company is currently under audit in: 

● 
● 
● 

India for fiscal years ended March 31, 1998, 1999, 2010, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016  
State of Iowa for fiscal year 2014 
China for calendar years 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 

79 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been recorded on permanently reinvested earnings of our foreign 
subsidiaries. These permanently reinvested earnings are approximately $83.2 million at January 31, 2017. It is not practicable 
for the Company to determine the amount of the related unrecognized deferred income tax liability. Such earnings would 
become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends. 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 

liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments ..............................................   $
Accrued vacation ..........................................................................................................     
Tax credits ....................................................................................................................     
Deferred revenue ..........................................................................................................     
Net operating loss carry forwards .................................................................................     
Accrued expenses – other .............................................................................................     
Other comprehensive income .......................................................................................     
Section 263(a) interest capitalization ............................................................................     
Equity compensation ....................................................................................................     
Other .............................................................................................................................     
Total deferred tax assets ............................................................................................     
Less valuation allowance ..........................................................................................     
Less netting of unrecognized tax benefits against deferred tax assets.......................     
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance ........................................................   $

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Depreciation and amortization ......................................................................................     
Other comprehensive income .......................................................................................     
Other .............................................................................................................................     
Total deferred tax liabilities ......................................................................................     
Total net deferred tax assets ..................................................................................   $

January 31, 

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 

356     $
2,033       
13,116       
3,465       
10,255       
1,695       
—       
322       
5,399       
2,039       
38,680       
(29,868 )     
(954 )     
7,858     $

(630 )     
(1,009 )     
(53 )     
(1,692 )     
6,166     $

486  
1,900  
11,025  
3,520  
7,965  
1,557  
1,483  
333  
4,631  
2,111  
35,011  
(13,480) 
(1,042) 
20,489  

(249) 
—  
(118) 
(367) 
20,122  

The Company reviews its net deferred tax assets by jurisdiction on a quarterly basis to determine whether a valuation 
allowance is necessary based on the more-likely-than-not standard. During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 
31, 2017 management considered all available positive and negative evidence to determine whether, based on the weight of 
that evidence, a valuation allowance was needed. Management assessed historic, current and future financial projections by 
jurisdiction to draw its conclusion. For the U.S. federal jurisdiction, the positive evidence was outweighed by the U.S. three-
year cumulative loss, a fiscal 2018 projected loss, and future earmarked investment necessary to transition the business to 
cloud. Management concluded that the weight of this negative evidence warranted placing a full valuation allowance on all 
its  U.S.  federal  net  deferred  tax  assets.  The  majority  of  QAD’s  state  deferred  tax  assets  are  California  research  and 
development tax credits. This jurisdiction was analyzed separately because QAD’s California return is filed on a worldwide 
basis. A significant decrease in current and forecast income both within and outside the US, along with a recent significant 
drop in the California apportionment percentage, led management to conclude that a full valuation allowance on QAD’s state 
deferred tax assets was also necessary. In total, a full valuation allowance of $16.3 million was placed against QAD’s U.S. 
federal and state net deferred tax assets. If and when the Company’s operating performance improves on a sustained basis, 
the conclusion regarding the need for a valuation allowance could change, resulting in the reversal of some or all of the 
valuation allowance in the future. At January 31, 2017 and 2016, the valuation allowance attributable to deferred tax assets 
was $29.9 million and $13.5 million, respectively.  

The Company has gross net operating loss carryforwards of $35.5 million and tax credit carryforwards of $16.4 million 
as of January 31, 2017. The majority of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards do not expire, the remaining begin 
to expire in fiscal year 2035. The majority of the Company’s tax credits carryforwards do not expire, the remaining begin to 
expire in fiscal year 2019.  

80 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017, the Company increased its reserves for uncertain tax positions by $0.2 
million. Interest and penalties on accrued but unpaid taxes are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and 
Comprehensive (Loss) Income as income tax expense. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits that may be recognized in 
the  next  twelve  months  is  classified  as  short-term  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  while  the  remainder  is 
classified as long-term. 

The following table reconciles the gross amounts of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the period:  

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of the year .........................................................   $
Decreases as a result of tax positions taken in a prior period .......................................     
Increases as a result of tax positions taken in the current period ..................................     
Reduction as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations .........................................     
Decreases as a result of tax settlements ........................................................................     
Unrecognized tax benefit at end of year ...........................................................................   $

Years Ended January 31, 

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 
1,545     $
(79 )     
365       
(88 )     
—       
1,743     $

1,924  
(17) 
15  
(288) 
(89) 
1,545  

All of the unrecognized tax benefits included in the balance sheet at January 31, 2017 would impact the effective tax 

rate on income from continuing operations, if recognized. 

The total amount of interest recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income 
for unpaid taxes was $69,000 for the year ended January 31, 2017. The total amount of interest and penalties recognized in 
the Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 31, 2017 was $0.3 million. 

The Company files U.S. federal, state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statute of limitations. 
The years that may be subject to examination will vary by jurisdiction. Below is a list of our material jurisdictions and the 
years open for audit as of fiscal 2017:  

Jurisdiction 
U.S. Federal .........................................................................................................   FY14 and beyond 
California ............................................................................................................   FY13 and beyond 
Michigan .............................................................................................................   FY13 and beyond 
New Jersey ..........................................................................................................   FY13 and beyond 
Australia ..............................................................................................................   FY13 and beyond 
France ..................................................................................................................   FY14 and beyond 
India ....................................................................................................................   FY98, FY99, FY10, FY13 and beyond 
Ireland .................................................................................................................   FY13 and beyond 
United Kingdom ..................................................................................................   FY16 and beyond 

Years Open for Audit 

4. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Common Stock 

The Company has two classes of common stock. Each share of Class B Common Stock entitles the holder to one vote 
and each share of Class A Common Stock entitles the holder to 1/20th of one vote. On all matters, the Class A Common 
Stock and the Class B Common Stock will vote as a single class, except as otherwise required by applicable law or the articles 
of incorporation. Neither the Class A Common Stock nor the Class B Common Stock are convertible into the other, unless 
either or both classes becomes subject to exclusion from the principal national securities exchange on which such securities 
are traded, in which case all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock may be converted into shares of Class B Common 
Stock on a share-for-share basis by resolution of the Board of Directors. There are no restrictions on the transferability of 
either class. 

The amount of any dividend payable in cash or non-cash property of the Company (other than a dividend payable solely 
in the Company’s capital stock) with respect to each share of Class A Common Stock is equal to 120% of the value of any 
such dividend payable with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, except for dividends declared for the purpose of 
distributing all or some of the proceeds received by the Company from any transaction determined by the Board to be a 
material transaction not in the ordinary course of business or for the purpose of effecting a spin-off of a subsidiary of the 
Company (in either case, such dividend will be paid ratably, on a per share basis, to all holders of Common Stock). 

81 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Issuance of Common Stock 

On January 22, 2015, the Company closed an offering of 2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock. The net proceeds 
to the Company from the sale of the stock were $37.0 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and 
offering expenses.  

On February 18, 2015 the offering underwriters exercised in full an option to purchase additional shares. As a result, 

450,000 shares of Class A common stock were issued generating approximately $8.4 million in additional net proceeds. 

Dividends 

The following table sets forth the dividends declared and paid by the Company during fiscal 2017:  

Declaration Date 
12/13/2016 ...............................  
9/14/2016 .................................  
6/14/2016 .................................  
4/12/2016 .................................  

Record Date 

Payable 

12/27/2016
9/28/2016
6/28/2016
4/26/2016

1/5/2017  $ 
10/5/2016  $ 
7/7/2016  $ 
5/3/2016  $ 

Dividend 
Class A 

Dividend 
Class B 

0.072     $ 
0.072     $ 
0.072     $ 
0.072     $ 

0.06    $
0.06    $
0.06    $
0.06    $

Amount 

1,331,000   
1,328,000   
1,326,000   
1,316,000   

5. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

Stock Plans 

On June 14, 2016, the stockholders approved the QAD Inc. 2016 Stock Incentive Program (“2016 Program”). The 2016 
Program allows for equity awards in the form of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted shares, rights 
to purchase stock, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and other stock rights. The stockholders authorized a maximum of 
4,000,000 shares to be issued under the 2016 Program. Prior to July 1, 2016, stock awards were issued under the QAD Inc. 
2006 Stock Incentive Program. As of January 31, 2017, 3,992,000 Class A Common Shares were available for issuance. 

The Company issues restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to employees with the exception of the CEO and President of the 
Company. RSUs granted to employees under the 2016 Program and 2006 Program are generally released 25% after each year 
of  service  for  four  years  and  are  contingent  upon  employment  with  the  Company  on  the  release  date.  Stock-based 
compensation is typically issued out of treasury shares. At January 31, 2017, there were 8,000 RSUs to purchase Class A 
Common Stock outstanding under the 2016 Program. At January 31, 2017, there were 615,000 RSUs to purchase Class A 
Common Stock outstanding under the 2006 Program. 

The Company also issues equity awards in the form of stock-settled SARs to the CEO and President of the Company. 
A  SAR  is  a  contractual  right  to  receive  value  tied  to  the  post-grant  appreciation  of  the  underlying  stock.  Although  the 
Company has the ability to grant stock-settled or cash-settled SARs, the Company has only granted stock-settled SARs. Upon 
vesting, a holder of a stock-settled SAR receives shares in the Company’s common stock equal to the intrinsic value of the 
SAR at time of exercise. Under the 2006 Program, SARs have generally been granted for a term of eight years, they generally 
vest 25% after each year of service for four years and are contingent upon employment with the Company on the vesting 
date. Economically, a stock-settled SAR provides the same compensation value as a stock option, but the employee is not 
required to pay an exercise price upon exercise of the SAR. Stock compensation expense, as required under ASC 718, is the 
same  for  stock-settled  SARs  and  stock  options.  At  January  31,  2017,  there  were  2,402,000  SARs  to  purchase  Class  A 
Common Stock and 391,000 SARs to purchase Class B Common Stock outstanding under the 2006 Program. 

Equity compensation is also issued to non-employee Board members that are newly-appointed or reelected at the Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders.  They are granted Class A shares as stock payments that are fully vested on the date of grant.  Equity 
awards  to  non-employee  Board  members  are  limited  to  $250,000  per  year,  as  determined  for  the  Company’s  financial 
accounting purposes as of the date of grant.  

Under the 2016 Program, officers, directors, employees, consultants and other independent contractors or agents of the 
Company or subsidiaries of the Company who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth or profitability 
of its business are eligible for selection by the program administrators to participate. However, incentive stock options granted 
under the 2016 Program may only be granted to a person who is an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries. 

82 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Stock- Based Compensation 

The following table sets forth reported stock compensation expense included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements 

of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015: 

Stock-based compensation expense: 

Cost of subscription ........................................................................   $ 
Cost of maintenance and other revenue ..........................................     
Cost of professional services ..........................................................     
Sales and marketing ........................................................................     
Research and development .............................................................     
General and administrative .............................................................     
Total stock-based compensation expense ...........................................   $ 

RSU Information 

Years Ended January 31, 

2017 

2016 
(in thousands) 

2015 

113    $
299      
848      
1,200      
1,009      
3,854      
7,323    $

76     $
271       
739       
1,377       
900       
4,077       
7,440     $

45   
152   
492   
790   
518   
2,996   
4,993   

The following table summarizes the activity for RSUs for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015: 

RSUs 
(in thousands)     

Restricted stock at January 31, 2014 ................................................................................     
Granted .........................................................................................................................     
Released (1) ..................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .......................................................................................................................     
Restricted stock at January 31, 2015 ................................................................................     
Granted .........................................................................................................................     
Released (1) ..................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .......................................................................................................................     
Restricted stock at January 31, 2016 ................................................................................     
Granted .........................................................................................................................     
Released (1) ..................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .......................................................................................................................     
Restricted stock at January 31, 2017 ................................................................................     

430     $ 
287       
(167 )     
(47 )     
503     $ 
326       
(192 )     
(20 )     
617     $ 
307       
(259 )     
(42 )     
623     $ 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value     
11.02  
21.25  
11.92  
14.00  
16.27  
24.75  
15.58  
18.93  
20.91  
18.54  
18.96  
20.69  
20.56  

(1)  The  number  of  RSUs  released  includes  shares  withheld  on  behalf  of  employees  to  satisfy  minimum  statutory  tax
withholding requirements. During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company withheld 75,000
shares, 52,000 shares and 45,000 shares, respectively, for payment of these taxes. The value of the withheld shares for
the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $1.5 million, $1.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively. 

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs was approximately $9.9 million as of January 31, 2017. This 

cost is expected to be recognized over a period of approximately 2.6 years. 

SAR Information 

The weighted average assumptions used to value SARs are shown in the following table.  

Expected life in years ........................................................................      
Risk free interest rate ........................................................................      
Volatility ...........................................................................................      
Dividend rate .....................................................................................      

5.25       
1.16%    
36%    
1.51%    

5.00        
1.64 %    
41 %    
1.10 %    

4.98   
1.58 %
47 %
1.32 %

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 

2015 

2017 

83 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
The following table summarizes the activity for outstanding SARs for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 

2015:  

Options/ 
SARs 
(in 

thousands)      

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price per 
Share 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in 
thousands)    

Outstanding at January 31, 2014 .....................................     
Granted ........................................................................     
Exercised .....................................................................     
Expired ........................................................................     
Forfeited ......................................................................     
Outstanding at January 31, 2015 .....................................     
Granted ........................................................................     
Exercised .....................................................................     
Expired ........................................................................     
Forfeited ......................................................................     
Outstanding at January 31, 2016 .....................................     
Granted ........................................................................     
Exercised .....................................................................     
Expired ........................................................................     
Forfeited ......................................................................     
Outstanding at January 31, 2017 .....................................     
Vested and exercisable at January 31, 2017 ................     

2,842    $ 
387      
(655)     
(22)     
(53)     
2,499    $ 
380      
(266)     
(12)     
(5)     
2,596    $ 
380      
(158)     
(17)     
(8)     
2,793    $ 
1,802    $ 

11.19      
21.61      
11.47      
12.68      
12.31      
12.69      
25.34      
10.69      
14.22      
12.05      
14.74      
18.64      
10.94      
12.56      
12.09      
15.51      
12.92      

4.4    $  
3.3    $  

35,885  
27,853  

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  in  the  table  above  represents  the  total  pretax  intrinsic  value  (the  aggregate  difference 
between the closing stock price of the Company’s common stock based on the last trading day as of January 31, 2017 and 
the exercise price for in-the-money SARs) that would have been received by the holders if all SARs had been exercised on 
January 31, 2017. The total intrinsic value of SARs exercised in the years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $2.1 
million, $3.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of SARs granted in 
the years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $5.43, $8.70 and $8.18, respectively. 

The  number  of  SARs  exercised  includes  shares  withheld  on  behalf  of  employees  to  satisfy  minimum  statutory  tax 
withholding requirements. During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company withheld shares 
25,000, 44,000 shares and 88,000 shares for payment of these taxes. The value of the withheld shares for the fiscal years 
ended January 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $0.6 million, $1.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively. 

At January 31, 2017, there was approximately $5.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested 

SARs. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.4 years. 

6. DEFERRED REVENUES 

Deferred revenues consisted of the following: 

Deferred maintenance revenue .........................................................................................   $
Deferred subscription revenue..........................................................................................     
Deferred services revenue ................................................................................................     
Deferred license revenue ..................................................................................................     
Deferred other revenue .....................................................................................................     
Deferred revenues, current ...............................................................................................     
Deferred revenues, non-current (in Other liabilities) .......................................................     
Total deferred revenues ....................................................................................................   $

84 

January 31, 

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 
78,923     $
20,389       
2,550       
1,740       
523       
104,125       
2,353       
106,478     $

79,533  
14,194  
2,332  
1,549  
303  
97,911  
1,690  
99,601  

  
  
  
    
    
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
Deferred maintenance and subscription revenues represent billings and customer payments made in advance for support 
and subscription contracts. Support and subscription are billed in advance with corresponding revenues being recognized 
ratably over the support and subscription periods. Support is typically billed annually while subscription is billed quarterly 
or  annually.  Deferred  license  revenues  result  from  undelivered  products  or  specified  enhancements,  customer  specific 
acceptance  provisions  and  software  license  transactions  that  cannot  be  segmented  from  undelivered  consulting  or  other 
services.  Deferred  services  revenues  represent  both  prepayments  for  our  professional  services  where  revenues  for  these 
services are generally recognized as the Company completes the performance obligations for the prepaid services and services 
already provided but deferred due to software revenue recognition rules. 

7. OTHER BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS 

Other current assets 
Deferred cost of revenues .................................................................................................   $
Prepaid expenses ..............................................................................................................     
Income tax receivable, net of payables.............................................................................     
Other.................................................................................................................................     
  $
Other assets, net ...............................................................................................................       
Other intangibles, net .......................................................................................................   $
Security deposits ..............................................................................................................     
Other long-term assets ......................................................................................................     
  $
Accounts payable .............................................................................................................       
Trade payables .................................................................................................................   $
VAT payable ....................................................................................................................     
  $

Other current liabilities 
Accrued commissions and bonus .....................................................................................   $
Accrued compensated absences .......................................................................................     
Other accrued payroll .......................................................................................................     
Accrued professional fees ................................................................................................     
Accrued travel ..................................................................................................................     
Accrued contract labor .....................................................................................................     
Other current liabilities.....................................................................................................     
  $

Other liabilities 
Long-term deferred revenue .............................................................................................   $
Fair value of interest rate swap.........................................................................................     
Long-term tax contingency reserve ..................................................................................     
Lease restoration obligations ............................................................................................     
Other.................................................................................................................................     
  $

8. DEBT 

January 31, 

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 

8,194     $
4,879       
928       
1,350       
15,351     $

415     $
1,323       
950       
2,688     $

7,392     $
3,924       
11,316     $

13,449     $
8,346       
4,477       
1,709       
1,304       
812       
3,539       
33,636     $

2,353     $
190       
764       
736       
871       
4,914     $

7,849  
5,789  
1,202  
1,184  
16,024  

1,073  
1,315  
291  
2,679  

6,648  
4,163  
10,811  

12,155  
7,887  
4,126  
1,416  
1,558  
914  
3,479  
31,535  

1,690  
675  
503  
730  
867  
4,465  

Note payable ................................................................................................................   $ 
Less current maturities .................................................................................................     
Less loan origination costs, net ....................................................................................     
Long-term debt .............................................................................................................   $ 

(in thousands) 
14,269    $ 
(446)     
(56)     
13,767    $ 

14,680  
(422) 
(67) 
14,191  

   January 31, 

2017 

January 31, 
2016 

85 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
        
  
  
        
  
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Note Payable 

Effective May 30, 2012, QAD Ortega Hill, LLC entered into a variable rate credit agreement (the “2012 Mortgage”) 
with Rabobank, N.A., to refinance a pre-existing mortgage. The 2012 Mortgage has an original principal balance of $16.1 
million and bears interest at the one month LIBOR rate plus 2.25%. One month LIBOR was 0.77% at January 31, 2017. The 
2012 Mortgage matures in June 2022 and is secured by the Company’s headquarters located in Santa Barbara, California. In 
conjunction with the 2012 Mortgage, QAD Ortega Hill, LLC entered into an interest rate swap with Rabobank, N.A. The 
swap agreement has an initial notional amount of $16.1 million and a schedule matching that of the underlying loan that 
synthetically fixes the interest rate on the debt at 4.31% for the entire term of the 2012 Mortgage. The terms of the 2012 
Mortgage provide for QAD Ortega Hill, LLC to make net monthly payments of $88,100 consisting of principal and interest 
and one final payment of $11.7 million. The unpaid balance as of January 31, 2017 was $14.3 million. 

Credit Facility 

The  Company  has  an  unsecured  credit  agreement  with  Rabobank,  N.A.  (the  “Facility”).  The  Facility  provides  a 
commitment through July 15, 2017 for a $20 million line of credit for working capital or other business needs. The Company 
pays a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum of the daily average of the unused portion of the $20 million Facility. Borrowings 
under the Facility bore interest at a rate equal to one month LIBOR plus 0.75%. At January 31, 2017, the effective borrowing 
rate would have been 1.52%. 

The  Facility  provides  that  the  Company  maintain  certain  financial  and  operating  ratios  which  include,  among  other 
provisions, minimum liquidity on a consolidated basis of $25 million in cash and equivalents at all times, a current ratio 
(calculated using current liabilities excluding deferred revenue) of not less than 1.3 to 1.0 determined at the end of each fiscal 
quarter, a leverage ratio of not more than 1.5 to 1.0 determined at the end of each fiscal quarter, and a debt service coverage 
ratio of not less than 1.5 to 1.0 determined at the end of each fiscal year. The Facility also contains customary covenants that 
could restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness.  

As  of  January  31,  2017,  there  were no borrowings under the  Facility  and  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all 

financial covenants.  

9. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes, were as follows: 

Balance as of January 31, 2016 .................................................................................................................   $ 
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications ....................................................................................     
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss ..........................................................     
Net current period other comprehensive loss ............................................................................................     
Balance as of January 31, 2017 .................................................................................................................   $ 

Foreign 
Currency  
Translation  
Adjustments 
(in thousands)    
(8,729 ) 
98   
—   
98   
(8,631 ) 

During fiscal 2017 there were no reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive loss. 

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan which is available to U.S. employees after 30 days of employment. 
Employees may contribute up to the maximum allowable by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company voluntarily matches 
75% of the employees’ contributions up to the first four percent of the employee’s eligible compensation. In addition, the 
Company can make additional contributions at the discretion of the board of directors. Participants are immediately vested 
in their employee contributions. Employer contributions vest over a five-year period. The Company’s contributions for fiscal 
years 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $2.1 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively. 

Various QAD foreign subsidiaries also contribute to defined contribution pension plans. Employer contributions in these 
plans are generally based on employee salary and range from 3% to 21%. These plans are funded at various times throughout 

86 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
the year according to plan provisions, with aggregate employer contributions of $4.8 million, $4.8 million and $5.0 million 
during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Lease Obligations 

The Company leases certain office facilities, office equipment and automobiles under operating lease agreements. The 
leases generally provide that QAD pays taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses related to the leased assets. Total rent 
expense for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $4.9 million, $5.0 million and $5.6 million, respectively. Future minimum 
rental payments under non-cancelable operating lease commitments with terms of more than one year as of January 31, 2017 
are as follows (in millions): 

2018 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $
2019 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2020 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2021 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
2022 ...............................................................................................................................................................     
Thereafter ......................................................................................................................................................     
  $

5.4   
4.3   
2.4   
1.1   
0.3   
0.1   
13.6   

Purchase Obligations 

At January 31, 2017, the Company had $13.3 million of other non-cancelable contractual obligations, related to the 

purchase of goods and services not included in the table above. 

Indemnifications 

The Company sells software licenses and services to its customers under written agreements. Each agreement contains 
the  relevant  terms  of  the  contractual  arrangement  with  the  customer  and  generally  includes  certain  provisions  for 
indemnifying the customer against losses, expenses and liabilities from damages that may be awarded against the customer 
in  the  event  the  Company’s  software  is  found  to  infringe  upon  certain  intellectual  property  rights  of  a  third  party.  The 
agreements generally limit the scope of and remedies for such indemnification obligations in a variety of industry-standard 
respects. 

The Company believes its internal development processes and other policies and practices limit its exposure related to 
the indemnification provisions of the agreements. For several reasons, including the lack of prior indemnification claims and 
the lack of a monetary liability limit for certain infringement cases under the agreements, the Company cannot determine the 
maximum amount of potential future payments, if any, related to such indemnification provisions. 

Legal Actions 

The  Company  is  subject  to  various  legal  proceedings  and  claims,  either  asserted  or  unasserted,  which  arise  in  the 
ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not 
believe that the outcome of any of these legal matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated 
results of operations, financial position or liquidity. 

12. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION 

The  Company  markets  its  products  and  services  worldwide,  primarily  to  companies  in  the  manufacturing  industry, 
including  automotive,  consumer  products,  food  and  beverage,  high  technology,  industrial  products  and  life  sciences 
industries.  The  Company  sells  and  licenses  its  products  through  its  direct  sales  force  in  four  geographic  regions:  North 
America; Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); Asia Pacific; and Latin America and through distributors where 
third parties can extend sales reach more effectively or efficiently. The North America region includes the United States and 
Canada. The EMEA region includes Europe, the Middle East and Africa. The Asia Pacific region includes Asia and Australia. 
The Latin America region includes South America, Central America and Mexico. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision 
Maker, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews the consolidated results within one operating segment. 

87 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Subscription,  license  and  maintenance  revenues  are  allocated  to  the  region  where  the  end  user  is  located.  Services 

revenue is assigned based on the region where the services are performed. 

Capital expenditures and property and equipment, net are assigned by geographic region based on the location of each 

legal entity. 

2017 

Years Ended January 31, 
2016 
(in thousands) 

2015 

Revenue: 
North America (1) ..............................................................................   $ 
EMEA ................................................................................................     
Asia Pacific ........................................................................................     
Latin America.....................................................................................     
  $ 

129,436    $
81,765      
47,742      
19,030      
277,973    $

127,776     $
84,268       
46,457       
19,351       
277,852     $

129,693   
98,279   
48,292   
18,837   
295,101   

Property and equipment, net: 
North America ..................................................................................................................   $
EMEA ..............................................................................................................................     
Asia Pacific ......................................................................................................................     
Latin America...................................................................................................................     
  $

January 31, 

2017 

2016 

(in thousands) 

26,601     $
2,861       
1,075       
335       
30,872     $

27,304  
3,270  
1,331  
175  
32,080  

 (1) Sales into Canada accounted for 2% of North America total revenue for each of the fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

13. QUARTERLY INFORMATION (Unaudited) 

Quarters Ended 

   April 30       July 31 

     Oct. 31 

     Jan. 31 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

Fiscal 2017 

Total revenue ............................................................................    $ 
Total costs and expenses ...........................................................      
Gross margin ............................................................................      
Operating (loss) income ............................................................      
Net (loss) income ......................................................................      
Basic net (loss) income per share 

Class A ..................................................................................    $ 
Class B ..................................................................................      

Diluted net income per share 

Class A ..................................................................................    $ 
Class B ..................................................................................      

Fiscal 2016 

Total revenue ............................................................................    $ 
Total costs and expenses ...........................................................      
Gross margin ............................................................................      
Operating income .....................................................................      
Net income ................................................................................      
Basic net income per share 

Class A ..................................................................................    $ 
Class B ..................................................................................      

Diluted net income per share 

Class A ..................................................................................    $ 
Class B ..................................................................................      

65,397    $
68,390      
33,259      
(2,993)     
(2,792)     

(0.15)   $
(0.13)     

(0.15)   $
(0.13)     

69,265    $
68,505      
37,167      
760      
549      

0.03    $
0.03      

0.03    $
0.02      

69,778    $ 
69,816      
36,974      
(38)     
968      

69,534    $
67,275      
36,477      
2,259      
1,533      

73,264  
69,128  
40,412  
4,136  
(15,159) 

0.05    $ 
0.04      

0.05    $ 
0.04      

0.08    $
0.07      

0.08    $
0.07      

71,291    $ 
68,968      
38,663      
2,323      
1,631      

68,037    $
64,570      
37,032      
3,467      
2,586      

0.09    $ 
0.08      

0.09    $ 
0.07      

0.14    $
0.12      

0.14    $
0.12      

(0.82) 
(0.68) 

(0.82) 
(0.68) 

69,259  
65,638  
38,428  
3,621  
4,146  

0.23  
0.19  

0.22  
0.18  

88 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
SCHEDULE II 
SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
(in thousands) 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period      

Charged 
to 
Statements 
of Income      

Write-Offs, 
Net of 
Recoveries     

Impact of 
Foreign 
Currency 
Translation     

Balance at 
End of 
Period 

Year ended January 31, 2015 
Allowance for bad debt ........................................     
Allowance for sales adjustments ..........................     
Total allowance for doubtful accounts .................   $ 
Year ended January 31, 2016 
Allowance for bad debt ........................................     
Allowance for sales adjustments ..........................     
Total allowance for doubtful accounts .................   $ 
Year ended January 31, 2017 
Allowance for bad debt ........................................     
Allowance for sales adjustments ..........................     
Total allowance for doubtful accounts .................   $ 

1,221      
1,229      
2,450    $ 

1,194      
1,330      
2,524    $ 

1,242      
1,400      
2,642    $ 

86      
768      
854    $ 

78      
696      
774    $ 

40      
197      
237    $ 

(39)     
(574)     
(613)   $ 

(5)     
(555)     
(560)   $ 

(184)     
(472)     
(656)   $ 

(74)     
(93)     
(167)   $ 

(25)     
(71)     
(96)   $ 

(8)     
(10)     
(18)   $ 

1,194  
1,330  
2,524  

1,242  
1,400  
2,642  

1,090  
1,115  
2,205  

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

89 

  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on April 7, 2017. 

SIGNATURES 

QAD Inc. 

By: 

/s/ Daniel Lender 
Daniel Lender 
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President  
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  by  the  following 

persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

Title 

Date 

   Chairman of the Board and President 

April 7, 2017 

Signature 

/s/ PAMELA M. LOPKER 
Pamela M. Lopker 

/s/ KARL F. LOPKER 
Karl F. Lopker 

/s/ DANIEL LENDER 
Daniel Lender 

/s/ KARA BELLAMY 
Kara Bellamy 

/s/ SCOTT ADELSON 
Scott Adelson 

   Director, Chief Executive Officer 
   (Principal Executive Officer) 

   Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President 
   (Principal Financial Officer) 

   Corporate Controller and Senior Vice President 
   (Chief Accounting Officer) 

   Director 

April 7, 2017 

April 7, 2017 

April 7, 2017 

April 7, 2017 

April 7, 2017 

April 7, 2017 

April 7, 2017 

/s/ PETER R. VAN CUYLENBURG 
Peter R. van Cuylenburg 

   Director 

/s/ LESLIE STRETCH 
Leslie Stretch 

/s/ LEE ROBERTS 
Lee Roberts 

   Director 

   Director 

90 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
      
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
INDEX OF EXHIBITS 

EXHIBIT 
NUMBER 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

10.1 

10.1(a) 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.4(a) 

10.4(b) 

10.4(c) 

10.5 

10.6 

EXHIBIT TITLE 
  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of
State on December 15, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2011) 

  Revised Bylaws of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Form 8-K filed 
on December 13, 2013) 

  Specimen Class A and Class B Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2011) 

  QAD  Inc.  2006  Stock  Incentive  Program  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.4  of  the  Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File No. 333-137417)) 

  Forms  of  Agreement  for  QAD  Inc.  2006  Stock  Incentive  Program  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit
10.2(a) of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009) 

  Form  of Indemnification Agreement  with  Directors  and  Executive Officers  (Incorporated  by reference  to
Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333- 28441))† 

  Executive Termination Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2011)† 

  Change in Control Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2011)† 

  Change in Control Agreement for Karl Lopker (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009)† 

  Change in Control Agreement for Pam Lopker (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009)† 

  Change  in  Control  Agreement  for  Daniel  Lender  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.7(a)  of  the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009)† 

  Offer letter between the Registrant and Daniel Lender dated October 10, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.72 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2008)† 

  Acknowledgement  between  the  Registrant  and  Daniel  Lender  dated  October  10,  2008  (Incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30,
2011)† 

91 

  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
  
  
 
 
EXHIBIT 
NUMBER 

10.7 

10.7(a)  

10.7(b) 

EXHIBIT TITLE 
  Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of July 8, 2011 (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011) 

  Promissory Note between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of July 8, 2011 (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011) 

  Disbursement Request and Authorization between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of July 8,
2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011) 

10.7(c) 

  First Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of July 13,

2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2012) 

10.7(d)  

  Second Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank N.A. effective as of July 11,
2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2014) 

10.8 

10.8(a) 

10.8(b) 

10.8(c) 

10.8(d) 

10.8(e) 

10.9    

  Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of May 30, 2012 (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

  Real  Estate  Term  Loan  Note  between  the  Registrant  and  Rabobank,  N.A.  effective  as  of  May  30,  2012 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

  Deed of Trust between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of May 30, 2012 (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

  ISDA 2002 Master Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of May 30, 2012
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

  ISDA Schedule to the 2002 Master Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of
May 30, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012)

  Confirmation of a Swap Transaction between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of June 4, 2012
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

  2016 Stock Incentive Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Company’s Definitive Proxy
Statement for the Registrant’s 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on Schedule 14A on April 29,
2016) † 

10.9(a) 

  Form  of  Stock  Rights  Agreement  under  the  2016  Stock  Incentive  Program  (Incorporated  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2016) † 

 10.9(b)  

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  under  the  2016  Stock  Incentive  Program  (Incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2016) † 

10.9(c)  

  Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the 2016 Stock Incentive Program (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2016) † 

10.10 

  Offer letter between the Registrant and Anton Chilton, dated March 7, 2017*† 

21.1 

23.1 

31.1 

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant* 

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm* 

  Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002* 

92 

  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 
NUMBER 

31.2 

32.1 

EXHIBIT TITLE 
  Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002* 

  Certification by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002* 

101.INS 

  XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

 (*) Indicates the document is filed herewith. 

 (†) Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit. 

93 

  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
 
Exhibit 10.10 

QAD Inc. 
100 Innovation Place 
Santa Barbara, CA 93108 

Mr. Anton Chilton 

March 7, 2017 

Re: Promotion from EVP, Global Services to Chief, Global Field Operations 

Dear Anton, 

Congratulations on your appointment. 

I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief, Global Field Operations, QAD Inc. (“QAD” or the “Company”). Your primary 
job responsibilities will be the overall responsibility for worldwide Sales, Services and Marketing. 

Compensation  
Subject to approval by the Compensation Committee of the Board, your new cash compensation will be calculated and earned 
from February 1, 2017, and will be as follows: 

Base Salary 
Your new gross base salary will be $376,000 per annum ($15,666.67 per pay period, 24 pay periods per year). Your 
total compensation plan will reflect an on-target earnings goal of $621,000 per annum, based upon the achievement 
of specific objectives under the bonus plan, as broadly described below. 

Bonus Plan  
You will be re-enrolled in the Executive Bonus Plan with a potential bonus of 65% of your base salary based on 
achievement of specific objectives. Your bonus components are 70% QAD Financial Results and 30% MBOs. 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Restricted Stock Units 
A 20,000 share grant of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) will be recommended to be awarded to you. This recommendation 
will go to the Board of Directors for approval. If awarded, your RSUs will vest over a four-year period, one-fourth of the 
grant (25%) on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date. You will receive further details of the RSUs in a separate 
RSU agreement, the terms of which will be in accordance with QAD’s standard policies. 

You will next be reviewed for equity in the FY20 Focal Review.  

Benefits 
All other benefits remain consistent with the benefits package offered under your prior role and are subject to change at the 
sole discretion of QAD. 

Other 
This change in your job title and position with QAD does not change your status as an at-will employee of QAD. Your 
employment with QAD remains subject to all of the Company’s usual policies and practices and you or the Company may 
terminate employment at any time for any reason. QAD has made no promise or representation regarding the length of your 
employment. Upon acceptance of this position, please sign one copy and return it to the Chief People Officer.  

Anton, I look forward to the great leadership you will provide in this new role. I believe you will enjoy the challenges and 
opportunities that lie ahead in this dynamic time in QAD’s history.  

Congratulations again. 

Sincerely, 

/s/ Karl Lopker              

Karl Lopker 
Chief Executive Officer  
QAD Inc. 

Accepted by: Anton Chilton 

Signature: /s/ Anton Chilton               

Date 3/7/2017 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1 

QAD Inc. 

LIST OF REGISTRANT’S SUBSIDIARIES 
(all 100% owned) 

Subsidiary Name. 
QAD Australia Pty. Limited 
QAD Europe NV/SA  
QAD (Bermuda) Ltd.  
QAD Brasil Ltda.  
QAD Canada ULC  
QAD China Ltd.  
QAD Europe s.r.o.  
QAD Europe S.A.S.  
DynaSys S.A.S.  
QAD Europe GmbH  
QAD Asia Limited  
QAD India Private Limited  
Precision Software Limited  
QAD Ireland Limited  
QAD Europe (Ireland) Limited 
QAD Italy S.r.l. 
QAD Korea Limited  
QAD Mexicana, S.A. de C.V.  
QAD Sistemas Integrados Servicios de Consultoria, S.A. de C.V.  
QAD EMEA Holdings B.V.  
QAD Europe B.V.  
QAD Netherlands B.V.  
QAD NZ Limited  
QAD Polska Sp. z o.o.  
QAD Lusitana Europe — Software e Servicos, Unipessoal, Limitada  
QAD Singapore Private Limited  
QAD Software South Africa (Proprietary) Limited  
QAD Europe S.L.  
QAD Europe SA/AG  
QAD (Thailand) Ltd.  
QAD Europe Limited  
QAD United Kingdom Limited  
Enterprise Engines Inc.  
QAD Brazil, Inc.  
QAD Holdings Inc.  
QAD Japan Inc.  
QAD Ortega Hill, LLC  

Country of 
Organization 

Australia 
Belgium 
Bermuda 
Brazil 
Canada 
China 
Czech Republic 
France 
France 
Germany 
Hong Kong 
India 
Ireland 
Ireland 
Ireland 
Italy 
Korea 
Mexico 
Mexico 
Netherlands 
Netherlands 
Netherlands 
New Zealand 
Poland 
Portugal 
Singapore 
South Africa 
Spain 
Switzerland 
Thailand 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
USA 
USA 
USA 
USA 
USA 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Exhibit 23.1 

The Board of Directors 
QAD Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-212435, 333-160125, and 333-137417) 
on Form S-8 and No. 333-198779 on Form S-3 of QAD Inc. of our reports dated April 7, 2017, with respect to the consolidated 
balance sheets of QAD Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of 
operations and comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year 
period ended January 31, 2017, the related consolidated financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control 
over financial reporting as of January 31, 2017, which reports appear in the January 31, 2017 annual report on Form 10-K of 
QAD Inc. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Woodland Hills, California 
April 7, 2017 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS UNDER  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Karl F. Lopker, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of QAD Inc.; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report; 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) ) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:  
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  Registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report
is being prepared; 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles; 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

d) disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions): 
a) all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: April 7, 2017 

/s/ KARL F. LOPKER                           
Karl F. Lopker 
Chief Executive Officer 
QAD Inc. 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS UNDER  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.2 

I, Daniel Lender, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of QAD Inc.; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) ) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:  
a) designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  Registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d) disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  Registrant’s  internal  control  over
financial reporting; and 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  Registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  Registrant’s  board  of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: April 7, 2017 

/s/ DANIEL LENDER                        
Daniel Lender 
Chief Financial Officer 
QAD Inc. 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of QAD Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending January 31, 2017 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Karl F. Lopker, Chief Executive 
Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002, that to my knowledge: 

(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of

operations of the Company. 

Date: April 7, 2017       

/s/ KARL F. LOPKER         
Karl F. Lopker   
Chief Executive Officer 
QAD Inc. 

In connection with the Annual Report of QAD Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending January 31, 2017 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Daniel Lender, Chief Financial 
Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002, that to my knowledge: 

(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of

operations of the Company. 

Date: April 7, 2017 

/s/ DANIEL LENDER          
Daniel Lender    
Chief Financial Officer 
QAD Inc. 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
F I S C A L   Y E A R S   E N D E D   J A N U A R Y   3 1 

C ORPORATE  I NF ORM AT I ON

Amounts in thousands, except per share data 

2 0 1 7 

2 0 1 6 

2 0 1 5

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S :

Total Revenue 

$277,973 

$277,852 

$295,101

Net (Loss) Income                                                                        (15,450) 

8,912 

12,946

Diluted Net (Loss) Income Per Share                                                       

Class A 

Class B 

Cash and Equivalents 

Total Debt 

Cash Flow From Operations 

(0.84) 

(0.70) 

145,082 

14,213 

18,680 

0.47 

0.40 

137,731 

14,613 

24,057 

26%
Services

8%
Licenses

29%
EMEA

35%
Automotive

REVENUE BY
CATEGORY

47%
Maintenance 
& Other

REVENUE BY
REGION

47%
North
America

REVENUE 
BY VERTICAL 
MARKET

0.79

0.68

120,526

15,009

23,963

33%
High Tech/
Industrial 
Products

19%
Subscriptions

17%
Asia Pacific

7%
Latin America

16%
Consumer Products/ 
Food & Beverage

16%
Life Sciences

ABOUT  QAD:  QAD  provides  innovative  enterprise  software  applications  for  leading  global  manufacturing  

companies.  QAD  applications  are  designed  to  simplify  the  management  and  enhance  the  efficiency  of  

manufacturing resources and operations both within and beyond the enterprise, enabling companies throughout 

the world to collaborate with their customers, suppliers and partners.

E X E C U T I V E   O F F I C E R S
Pamela M. Lopker
Chairman of the Board  
and President

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S
Pamela M. Lopker
Chairman of the Board  
and President

Karl F. Lopker
Chief Executive Officer

Karl F. Lopker
Chief Executive Officer

Daniel Lender
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer

Anton Chilton
Executive Vice President,
Chief, Global Field Operations

Scott J. Adelson
Senior Managing Director, 
Co-President 
Houlihan Lokey

Peter R. van Cuylenburg
Independent advisor to  
high-technology companies

Kara L. Bellamy
Senior Vice President,  
Corporate Controller,  
and Chief Accounting Officer

Lee D. Roberts
President and CEO,  
BlueWater Consulting, LLC

Leslie J. Stretch
President and CEO,
Callidus Software

N O R T H   A M E R I C A 
L O C AT I O N S
California 
Georgia 
Illinois 
Michigan 
New Jersey

A S I A   PA C I F I C 
L O C AT I O N S
Australia 
China 
India 
Japan 
Singapore 
Thailand

E U R O P E ,   M I D D L E 
E A S T   A N D   A F R I C A 
L O C AT I O N S
Belgium 
France  
Germany 
Ireland 
Italy 
Netherlands 
Poland 
Spain 
United Kingdom

L AT I N   A M E R I C A 
L O C AT I O N S
Brazil 
Mexico

I N D E P E N D E N T   R E G I S T E R E D   
P U B L I C   A C C O U N T I N G   F I R M
KPMG LLP 
Woodland Hills, California

L E G A L   C O U N S E L
Manatt, Phelps & Phillips LLP 
Los Angeles, California

I N V E S T O R   R E L AT I O N S
PondelWilkinson Inc. 
Los Angeles, California 
Tel: 310.279.5980

T R A N S F E R   A G E N T / R E G I S T R A R
American Stock Transfer & Trust 
Brooklyn, New York 
Tel: 718.921.8124

S T O C K   I N F O R M AT I O N
The company’s common stock trades 
on the NASDAQ Global Select Market 
under the symbols QADA and QADB. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   O N   F O R M   1 0 - K 
A copy of the company’s annual 
report to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on Form 10-K is available 
without charge upon request to 
the company’s Investor Relations 
department or from the company’s 
website at www.qad.com.

A N N U A L   M E E T I N G
The annual meeting of stockholders will  
be held on June 13, 2017 at 8:00 a.m.  
PDT at QAD Inc., 100 Innovation Place, 
Santa Barbara, California 93108. 
Tel: 805.566.6000. 

QAD  CORPO RAT E H EADQ UART E RS

100 Innovation Place 
Santa Barbara, California 93108           
Tel: 805.566.6000  
www.qad.com

 
 
 
 
 
© 2017 QAD INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

2017 ANN UAL  REPORT

2
0
1
7

Q
A
D

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T